WO2016050075A1 - 传输发起方法、系统及终端设备的状态处理方法和相关设备 - Google Patents
传输发起方法、系统及终端设备的状态处理方法和相关设备 Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2016050075A1 WO2016050075A1 PCT/CN2015/079202 CN2015079202W WO2016050075A1 WO 2016050075 A1 WO2016050075 A1 WO 2016050075A1 CN 2015079202 W CN2015079202 W CN 2015079202W WO 2016050075 A1 WO2016050075 A1 WO 2016050075A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- terminal device
- power saving
- saving mode
- state
- information
- Prior art date
Links
Images
Classifications
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W52/00—Power management, e.g. TPC [Transmission Power Control], power saving or power classes
- H04W52/02—Power saving arrangements
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W88/00—Devices specially adapted for wireless communication networks, e.g. terminals, base stations or access point devices
- H04W88/02—Terminal devices
-
- Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
- Y02—TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
- Y02D—CLIMATE CHANGE MITIGATION TECHNOLOGIES IN INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES [ICT], I.E. INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES AIMING AT THE REDUCTION OF THEIR OWN ENERGY USE
- Y02D30/00—Reducing energy consumption in communication networks
- Y02D30/70—Reducing energy consumption in communication networks in wireless communication networks
Definitions
- the present invention relates to the field of communications technologies, and in particular, to a transmission initiation method, a system, and a state processing method and related device of a terminal device.
- the energy consumption of the terminal device is very important for the terminal device that uses the battery.
- MTC Machine Type Communication
- sensors use battery operation, and field battery replacement (or charging). It is a very large overhead. If these MTC devices are not predictive of charging or replacing the battery, the service life of the battery will even determine the service life of the MTC device.
- the Third Generation Partnership Project (3GPP) proposes a Power Saving Mode (PSM) for the terminal device.
- PSM Power Saving Mode
- the terminal device When the terminal device is in the idle state for a period of time, it will enter the PSM. Mode, in which the terminal device completely shuts down the RF module, thereby saving battery consumption and increasing the service life of the terminal device.
- the time required for the terminal device to change from the PSM mode to the data state is long. Specifically, the terminal device first enters the idle state from the PSM mode, and then the terminal device needs to pass the radio resource control when initiating the service in the idle state.
- RRC Radio Resource Control
- NAS non-access stratum
- PDP Packet Data Protocol
- RAB Radio Access Bearer
- the embodiments of the present invention provide a method and a device for processing a transmission initiation method, a system, and a terminal device, and implement a direct conversion between a power saving mode and a connection state, thereby reducing energy consumption of the terminal device.
- a first aspect of the embodiments of the present invention provides a terminal device, including:
- a parameter obtaining unit configured to acquire first time information that the terminal device enters a power saving mode from a connected state, and second time information that the terminal device returns a connected state from the power saving mode;
- a state conversion unit configured to switch from the connected state to the power saving mode according to the first time information, and switch from the power saving mode to the connected state according to the second time information;
- a power saving mode unit configured to: when the state transition unit stores the terminal device in the power saving mode, retain an access layer configuration of the terminal device in the connected state;
- a transmission initiating unit configured to: when the state transition unit returns the terminal device from the power saving mode to the connected state, initiate transmission according to a configuration of the access layer reserved by the power saving mode unit.
- the parameter obtaining unit is configured to send a request message to the network device, where the request message is used to request the network device to configure the first time information and/or the second time information; and receive the response returned by the network device
- the message includes the first time information and/or the second time information;
- the network device is an access network device of the network where the terminal device is located, or a core network device.
- the first time information and the second time information acquired by the parameter obtaining unit are respectively a first preset time and a second preset time;
- the state transition unit is configured to enter a power saving mode when the terminal device enters the connected state for more than a first preset time and does not have uplink and downlink data; and when the terminal device enters the power saving mode When the time of the mode or the time when the terminal device enters the connected state reaches the current time exceeds the second preset time, the connected state is returned from the power saving mode.
- the configuration of the access layer of the terminal device that is reserved by the power saving mode unit in the connection state specifically includes: information about a radio resource control RRC connection.
- the state conversion unit is further configured to: when the terminal device has data transmission or a letter in the power saving mode When the transmission is made, the channel paging state is returned from the power saving mode.
- the power saving mode includes a first power saving mode or a second power saving mode, then:
- the power saving mode unit is further configured to periodically monitor paging information in the first power saving mode, and the state converting unit is further configured to: when the terminal device is in the first power saving mode And switching from the first power saving mode to the connected state when the paging information monitored by the power saving mode unit indicates that there is data transmission;
- the power saving mode unit is specifically configured to not listen to paging information in the second power saving mode.
- a second aspect of the embodiments of the present invention provides an access network device, including:
- a parameter negotiation unit configured to determine first time information that the terminal device enters the power saving mode from the connected state, and second time information that the terminal device returns to the connected state from the power saving mode, where the first time is Information and/or second time information is sent to the terminal device;
- a state synchronization unit configured to determine a state of the terminal device according to the first time information and the second time information determined by the parameter negotiation unit;
- a state operation unit configured to: according to the state of the terminal device determined by the state synchronization unit, when the terminal device enters the power saving mode from the connected state, retaining the access layer of the terminal device in the connected state Configuring; when the terminal device returns from the power saving mode to the connected state, restoring the use of the configuration of the access layer.
- the first time information and the second time information determined by the parameter negotiation unit are respectively a first preset time and a second preset time;
- the state synchronization unit is specifically configured to: when the time when the terminal device enters the connected state exceeds the first preset time, and there is no uplink and downlink data, determine that the terminal device enters a power saving mode; when the terminal device Determining that the terminal device returns to the connected state from the power saving mode when the time of entering the power saving mode or the time when the terminal device enters the connected state exceeds the second preset time .
- the configuration of the access layer of the terminal device that is reserved by the state operation unit in the connection state includes: information about a radio resource control RRC connection.
- the power saving mode includes a first power saving mode or a second power saving mode, then:
- the status operation unit is further configured to periodically send paging information to the terminal device when the terminal device is in the first power saving mode; or the state operation unit is further used to When the terminal device is in the second power saving mode, no information is sent to the terminal device.
- a third aspect of the embodiments of the present invention provides an access network device, including:
- a first state synchronization unit configured to determine a state of the terminal device
- a second state synchronization unit configured to perform state synchronization of the terminal device with the core network device according to the state of the terminal device determined by the first state synchronization unit;
- a state processing unit configured to: according to the terminal device determined by the first state synchronization unit, when the terminal device enters a power saving mode from a connected state, retaining an access layer of the terminal device in the connected state Configuring; when the terminal device returns from the power saving mode to the connected state, restoring the use of the configuration of the access layer.
- the access network device further includes:
- a parameter determining unit configured to determine first time information that the terminal device enters the power saving mode from the connected state, and second state information of the connected state that is returned by the terminal device from the power saving mode.
- the first time information and the second time information determined by the parameter determining unit are respectively a first preset time and a second preset time;
- the first state synchronization unit is configured to determine that the terminal device enters a power saving mode when the time when the terminal device enters the connected state exceeds the first preset time and there is no uplink and downlink data; Determining, from the time when the terminal device enters the power saving mode or the time when the terminal device enters the connection state to the current time exceeds the second preset time, determining that the terminal device saves power from the terminal device The mode returns the connected state.
- the first state synchronization unit is configured to determine that the terminal device enters a connected state
- the second state synchronization unit is configured to: when the first state synchronization unit determines that the terminal device enters a connected state, send the third state information to the core network device, where the third state information includes: The terminal device enters the information of the connection state; the third state information is used by the core network device according to the third state information, and the first time that the terminal device enters the power saving mode from the connected state Information, determining that the terminal device enters a power saving mode.
- the first state synchronization unit is configured to determine that the terminal device enters a power saving mode from a connected state
- the second state synchronization unit is configured to: when the first state synchronization unit determines that the terminal device enters the power saving mode from the connected state, send the first state information to the core network device, where the first state information is The information that the terminal device enters the power saving mode is included.
- the second state synchronization unit is configured to: after the first state determining unit determines that the terminal device enters the power saving mode from the connected state, send the second state information to the core network device, where The second status information includes information that the terminal device leaves the power saving mode.
- the second state synchronization unit is further configured to: when the first state synchronization unit determines that the terminal device leaves the connection state, send fourth state information to the core network device, where the fourth state information is The device includes: information that the terminal device leaves the connection state, where the fourth state information is used by the core network device to determine, according to the fourth state information, that the terminal device enters the Power save mode or enter other states.
- the configuration of the access layer of the terminal device that is reserved by the configuration processing unit in the connection state includes: information about a radio resource control RRC connection.
- the power saving mode includes a first power saving mode or a second power saving mode, then:
- the state processing unit is further configured to periodically send paging information to the terminal device when the terminal device is in the first power saving mode; or the state processing unit is further used to When the terminal device is in the second power saving mode, no information is sent to the terminal device.
- a fourth aspect of the embodiments of the present invention provides a core network device, including:
- a synchronization unit configured to perform state synchronization of the terminal device with an access network device of a network where the terminal device is located;
- a processing unit configured to reserve, according to a state of the terminal device that is synchronized by the synchronization unit, when the terminal device enters the power saving mode from a connected state, retaining a configuration of the terminal device connected in the connected state; When the terminal device returns from the power saving mode to the connected state, the use of the connected configuration is resumed.
- the core network device further includes:
- a parameter determining unit configured to determine first time information that the terminal device enters the power saving mode from the connected state, and second state information of the connected state that is returned by the terminal device from the power saving mode.
- the first time information and the second time information determined by the parameter determining unit are respectively a first preset time and a second preset time;
- the synchronization unit is specifically configured to: when the time when the terminal device enters the connected state exceeds the first preset time, and does not have uplink and downlink data, determine that the terminal device enters a power saving mode; when the terminal device enters When the time of the power saving mode or the time when the terminal device enters the connected state reaches the current time exceeds the second preset time, it is determined that the terminal device returns the connected state from the power saving mode.
- any possible implementation manner is as follows:
- the synchronization unit is configured to receive third state information that is sent by the access network device, where the third state information includes information that the terminal device enters the connected state; and according to the third state information, And determining, by the terminal device, the first time information of the power saving mode from the connected state, determining that the terminal device enters the power saving mode.
- the synchronization unit is specifically configured to: when the terminal device enters the power saving mode from the connected state, receive the first state information sent by the access network device of the network where the terminal device is located, where the first state information includes the terminal device entering Information on power saving mode.
- the state synchronization unit is configured to: after the terminal device enters the power saving mode from the connected state, receive the second state information sent by the access network device, where the second state information includes The terminal device leaves information of the power saving mode.
- the synchronization unit is configured to receive fourth state information that is sent by the access network device, where the fourth state information is sent by the access network device when the terminal device leaves the connected state.
- the fourth status information includes: information that the terminal device leaves the connected state; and according to the fourth state information, determines that the terminal device enters the power saving mode or other state from the connected state.
- a seventh possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect of the embodiments of the present invention In a seventh possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect of the embodiments of the present invention,
- the configuration of the connection of the terminal device in the connection state, the packet data protocol PDP activation information, the authentication information, the security authentication information, or the access network device of the network where the terminal device is located Interface information between core network devices.
- the power saving mode includes a first power saving mode or a second power saving mode, then:
- the processing unit is further configured to periodically send paging information to the terminal device when the terminal device is in the first power saving mode; or the power saving operation unit is further used to When the terminal device is in the second power saving mode, no information is sent to the terminal device.
- a fifth aspect of the embodiments of the present invention provides a transmission initiation method, including:
- the terminal device switches from the connected state to the power saving mode according to the first time information, and reserves the configuration of the access layer when the terminal device is in the connected state;
- the terminal device switches from the power saving mode to the connected state according to the second time information, and initiates transmission according to the reserved configuration of the access layer.
- the first time information and the second time information are respectively a first preset time and a second preset time
- the terminal device changes from the connected state to the power saving mode according to the first time information, and specifically includes: when the time when the terminal device enters the connected state exceeds a first preset time, and there is no uplink and downlink data, Enter the power saving mode;
- the method further includes:
- the power saving mode includes the first In the power saving mode or the second power saving mode, the method further includes:
- the terminal device periodically monitors paging information in the first power saving mode, and switches from the first power saving mode to the connected state when the paging information that is monitored indicates that there is data transmission ;
- the terminal device does not monitor paging information in the second power saving mode.
- a sixth aspect of the embodiments of the present invention provides a method for processing a state of a terminal device, including:
- the access network device of the network where the terminal device is located determines the first time information that the terminal device enters the power saving mode from the connected state, and the second time information that the terminal device returns to the connected state from the power saving mode;
- the terminal device when the terminal device enters the power saving mode from the connected state, the terminal device retains the configuration of the access layer when the terminal device is in the connected state; When returning from the power saving mode to the connected state, the use of the configuration of the access layer is resumed.
- the first time information and the second time information are respectively a first preset time and a second preset time
- the access network device performs state synchronization between the terminal device and the terminal device according to the first time information and the second time information, and specifically includes: when the terminal device enters the connected state, the time exceeds Determining, when there is no uplink and downlink data, determining that the terminal device enters a power saving mode; when the terminal device enters the power saving mode or when the terminal device enters the connected state When the time to the current time exceeds the second preset time, it is determined that the terminal device returns the connected state from the power saving mode.
- the power saving mode includes a first power saving mode or In the second power saving mode, the method further includes:
- the access network device periodically sends paging information to the terminal device when the terminal device is in the first power saving mode; or the access network device is in the terminal device In the second power saving mode, no information is sent to the terminal device.
- a seventh aspect of the embodiments of the present invention provides a method for processing a state of a terminal device, including:
- the access network device of the network where the terminal device is located determines the state of the terminal device
- the access network device performs state synchronization of the terminal device with the core network device according to the state of the terminal device;
- the access network device enters from the connected state when the terminal device is in accordance with the state of the terminal device In the power saving mode, the configuration of the access layer when the terminal device is in the connected state is reserved; when the terminal device returns from the power saving mode to the connected state, the use of the configuration of the access layer is restored.
- the method further includes:
- the determining, by the access network device, the status of the terminal device specifically: determining, according to the first time information and the second time information, a status of the terminal device.
- the first time information and the second time information are respectively the first preset Time and second preset time;
- Determining, by the access network device, the status of the terminal device specifically: when the time when the terminal device enters the connected state exceeds the first preset time, and there is no uplink and downlink data, determining that the terminal device enters the province And determining, when the time when the terminal device enters the power saving mode or when the time when the terminal device enters the connection state exceeds a second preset time, determining that the terminal device is from the The power saving mode returns to the connected state.
- Determining, by the access network device, the status of the terminal device specifically: determining that the terminal device enters a connected state
- the access network device performing, by the access network device, the state synchronization of the terminal device with the core network device according to the state of the terminal device, specifically: sending third state information to the core network device, where the third state is The information includes: the terminal device enters the connection state information; the third state information is used by the core network device according to the third state information, and the terminal device enters the power saving mode from the connected state The first time information determines that the terminal device enters a power saving mode.
- the state synchronization of the terminal device between the access network device and the terminal device includes: determining that the terminal device enters a power saving mode from a connected state;
- the access network device performs the final connection with the core network device according to the state of the terminal device.
- the state synchronization of the end device includes: sending the first state information to the core network device, where the first state information includes information that the terminal device enters the power saving mode.
- the state of the terminal device is synchronized with the core network device according to the state of the terminal device, and the second state information is sent to the terminal device after the terminal device enters the power saving mode from the connected state.
- the access network device performs state synchronization of the terminal device with the core network device according to the state of the terminal device, and specifically includes: when determining that the terminal device leaves the connected state, the fourth state information is Sending to the core network device, the fourth state information includes: information that the terminal device leaves the connection state, and the fourth state information is used by the core network device according to the fourth state information. Determining that the terminal device enters the power saving mode or enters another state from the connected state.
- the power saving mode includes a first power saving mode or a second power saving mode
- the method further includes:
- the access network device periodically sends paging information to the terminal device when the terminal device is in the first power saving mode; or the access network device is in the terminal device In the second power saving mode, no information is sent to the terminal device.
- An eighth aspect of the embodiments of the present invention provides a method for processing a state of a terminal device, including:
- the configuration of the terminal device connected in the connected state is retained; when the terminal device is When the power saving mode returns to the connected state, the use of the configuration of the connection is restored.
- the method further includes:
- the state network synchronization between the core network device and the access network device of the network where the terminal device is located includes: the core network device according to the first time information and the second time information, and the network where the terminal device is located The state synchronization of the terminal device is performed between the access network devices.
- the first time information and the second time information are respectively the first preset Time and second preset time;
- the status synchronization of the terminal device between the core network device and the access network device of the network where the terminal device is located includes:
- the terminal device When the terminal device enters the connected state for more than the first preset time and does not have uplink and downlink data, determining that the terminal device enters a power saving mode; when the terminal device enters the power saving mode When the time when the terminal device enters the connection state reaches the current time exceeds the second preset time, it is determined that the terminal device returns the connection state from the power saving mode.
- the method includes: receiving third state information sent by the access network device, where the third state information is And including the information about the terminal device entering the connection state; determining, according to the third state information, the first time information that the terminal device enters the power saving mode from the connected state, determining that the terminal device enters the location
- the power saving mode is described.
- the state network synchronization between the core network device and the access network device of the network where the terminal device is located includes: if the terminal device enters the power saving mode from the connected state, the access network of the network where the terminal device is located is received.
- the status synchronization of the terminal device between the core network device and the access network device of the network where the terminal device is located includes:
- the terminal device Receiving, by the terminal device, the second state information that is sent by the access network device, where the second device information includes information that the terminal device leaves the power saving mode. .
- the method includes: receiving fourth state information sent by the access network device, where the fourth state information is And the fourth status information that is sent by the terminal device to the connected state, where the terminal device is sent by the access network device, and determined by the fourth state information according to the fourth state information.
- the terminal device enters the power saving mode or other state from the connected state.
- the power saving mode includes a first power saving mode or a second power saving mode
- the method further includes:
- the core network device When the terminal device is in the first power saving mode, the core network device periodically sends paging information to the terminal device; or, when the terminal device is in the second power saving mode, The core network device does not send information to the terminal device.
- a ninth aspect of the embodiments of the present invention provides a paging method, including:
- the user equipment UE negotiates a first parameter with the core network device, where the first parameter is used to determine a length of the discontinuous reception period in the first discontinuous reception technology, and the length of the discontinuous reception period in the first discontinuous reception technology is greater than The length of the discontinuous reception period in the second discontinuous reception technique, and the maximum length of the discontinuous reception period in the second discontinuous reception technique is 5.12 seconds;
- the UE calculates the first paging occasion by using the first discontinuous receiving technology according to the first parameter; Or when the UE determines, according to the broadcast message, that the RAN does not support the first discontinuous receiving technology, the UE calculates the second paging occasion by using the second discontinuous receiving technology;
- the UE listens to the RAN according to the calculated first paging occasion or the second paging occasion. Paging instructions.
- the method further includes:
- the UE When determining to carry the first discontinuous reception technology flag, the UE determines that the RAN supports the first discontinuous reception technology; or
- the UE determines that the RAN does not support the first discontinuous reception technology.
- the UE performs the first paging occasion or the second
- the paging occasion intercepting the paging indication sent by the RAN specifically includes:
- the UE listens to the RAN according to the calculated second paging occasion on the first paging indicator channel. a paging instruction issued; or
- the UE When the UE determines, according to the broadcast message, that the RAN supports the first discontinuous reception technology, the UE performs the first calculation on the second paging indicator channel or the first paging indicator channel.
- the paging occasion intercepts a paging indication sent by the RAN, and the second paging indication channel is different from the first paging indication channel.
- a tenth aspect of the embodiments of the present invention provides a paging method, including:
- the RAN sends a broadcast message, where the broadcast message carries a first discontinuous reception technology flag, where the first discontinuous reception technology flag is used to indicate that the RAN supports a first discontinuous reception technology, and the first discontinuous reception
- the length of the discontinuous reception period in the second discontinuous reception technique is greater than the length of the discontinuous reception period in the second discontinuous reception technique, and the maximum length of the discontinuous reception period in the second discontinuous reception technique is 5.12 seconds.
- the RAN calculates a third paging occasion by using the first discontinuous receiving technology according to the first parameter
- the RAN sends a paging indication to the UE at the calculated third paging occasion.
- the first discontinuous reception technology indicator is a first discontinuous reception technology indication, or a preset length non- For a continuous reception period, the preset length is greater than 5.12 seconds.
- An eleventh embodiment of the present invention provides a paging method, including:
- the core network device negotiates a first parameter with the UE, where the first parameter is used to determine a length of a discontinuous reception period in the first discontinuous reception technology, and a length of the discontinuous reception period in the first discontinuous reception technology is greater than a second The length of the discontinuous reception period in the discontinuous reception technique, and the maximum length of the discontinuous reception period in the second discontinuous reception technique is 5.12 seconds;
- the core network device determines that the RAN supports the first discontinuous reception technology
- the core network device sends the first parameter to the RAN through an Iub interface.
- the determining, by the core network device, that the RAN supports the first discontinuous receiving technology includes:
- the core network device determines, by the Iu interface signaling, or manually configuring, that the RAN supports the first discontinuous receiving technology.
- a twelfth aspect of the embodiments of the present invention provides a UE, including:
- a first negotiation module configured to negotiate a first parameter with a core network device, where the first parameter is used to determine a length of a discontinuous reception period in the first discontinuous reception technology, and the discontinuous reception in the first discontinuous reception technology
- the length of the period is greater than the length of the discontinuous reception period in the second discontinuous reception technique, and the maximum length of the discontinuous reception period in the second discontinuous reception technique is 5.12 seconds;
- a first receiving module configured to receive a broadcast message sent by the RAN
- a first calculating module configured to: when the RAN supports the first discontinuous receiving technology according to the broadcast message received by the first receiving module, adopt the first discontinuous receiving technology according to the first parameter Calculating the first paging occasion;
- a second calculating module configured to calculate a second paging occasion by using the second discontinuous receiving technology when determining, according to the broadcast message received by the first receiving module, that the RAN does not support the first discontinuous receiving technology ;
- the intercepting module is configured to listen to the paging indication sent by the RAN according to the calculated first paging occasion or the second paging occasion.
- the UE further includes:
- a determining module configured to determine whether the first discontinuous reception technology flag is carried in the broadcast message
- a first determining module configured to: when the determining module determines to carry the first discontinuous receiving technology identifier, determine that the RAN supports the first discontinuous receiving technology
- a second determining module configured to: when the determining module determines not to carry the first discontinuous reception technology identifier, determine that the RAN does not support the first discontinuous reception technology.
- the listening module specifically includes:
- a first listening unit configured to: according to the broadcast message, that the RAN does not support the first discontinuous receiving technology, according to the calculated second paging occasion on the first paging indicator channel Describe the paging indication sent by the RAN;
- a second intercepting unit configured to calculate, according to the broadcast message, that the RAN supports the first discontinuous receiving technology, on the second paging indicator channel or the first paging indicator channel
- the first paging occasion intercepts a paging indication sent by the RAN, and the second paging indication channel is different from the first paging indication channel.
- a thirteenth aspect of the present invention provides an access network device, which is applied to the RAN, and includes:
- a first sending module configured to send a broadcast message, where the broadcast message carries a first discontinuous reception technology flag, where the first discontinuous reception technology flag is used to indicate that the RAN supports a first discontinuous reception technology,
- the length of the discontinuous reception period in the first discontinuous reception technique is greater than the length of the discontinuous reception period in the second discontinuous reception technique, and the maximum length of the discontinuous reception period in the second discontinuous reception technique is 5.12. second;
- a second receiving module configured to receive a first parameter sent by the core network device, where the first parameter is used to determine a length of the discontinuous receiving period in the first discontinuous receiving technology
- a second calculating module configured to calculate a third paging occasion by using the first discontinuous receiving technology according to the first parameter received by the second receiving module;
- a second sending module configured to send a paging indication to the UE at a third paging occasion calculated by the second computing module.
- the first discontinuous reception technology indicator is a first discontinuous reception technology indication, or preset A discontinuous reception period of length, the preset length being greater than 5.12 seconds.
- a fourteenth aspect of the embodiments of the present invention provides a core network device, including:
- a second negotiation module configured to negotiate, with the UE, a first parameter, where the first parameter is used to determine a length of a discontinuous reception period in the first discontinuous reception technology, and the discontinuous reception period in the first discontinuous reception technology The length is greater than the length of the discontinuous reception period in the second discontinuous reception technique, and the maximum length of the discontinuous reception period in the second discontinuous reception technique is 5.12 seconds;
- a third sending module configured to: when determining that the RAN supports the first discontinuous receiving technology, send the first parameter to the RAN by using an Iub interface.
- the third sending module is specifically configured to determine, by using Iu interface signaling, or manually configuring When the RAN supports the first discontinuous reception technology, the first parameter is sent to the RAN through an Iub interface.
- the terminal device can directly switch between the power saving mode and the connected state, and when entering the power saving mode from the connected state, the terminal device retains the configuration of the access layer in the connected state. In this way, when the terminal device transmits the transmission in the power saving mode, the terminal device can directly return from the power saving mode to the connected state, and directly initiate the transmission in the connected state.
- it is required to enter the idle state from the power saving mode, and then perform the transmission initiation access after entering the RRC connected state in the idle state. In comparison, in the embodiment of the present invention, when the transmission is initiated from the connected state.
- the flow of the RRC connection and the Iu interface can directly initiate data transmission or signaling transmission, thereby saving RRC connection establishment, NAS signaling connection, authentication, and security when initiating transmission from the idle state. Processes such as authentication and PDP activation reduce the energy consumption of the terminal device.
- FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device according to Embodiment 1 of the device of the present invention.
- FIG. 2 is a schematic structural diagram of an access network device according to Embodiment 2 of the device of the present invention.
- FIG. 3 is a schematic structural diagram of an access network device according to Embodiment 3 of the device of the present invention.
- FIG. 4 is a schematic structural diagram of a core network device according to Embodiment 4 of the device of the present invention.
- FIG. 5 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device according to Embodiment 5 of the device of the present invention.
- FIG. 6 is a flowchart of a transmission initiation method according to Embodiment 1 of the method of the present invention.
- FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of mutual conversion of a terminal device in multiple states according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- Embodiment 8 is a flowchart of a transmission initiation method provided by Embodiment 2 of the method of the present invention.
- FIG. 9 is a flowchart of a state processing method of a terminal device according to Embodiment 3 of the method of the present invention.
- FIG. 10 is a flowchart of a state processing method of a terminal device according to Embodiment 4 of the method of the present invention.
- FIG. 11 is a flowchart of a state processing method of a terminal device according to Embodiment 5 of the method of the present invention.
- FIG. 12 is a flowchart of a state processing method of a terminal device according to Embodiment 6 of the method of the present invention.
- FIG. 13 is a flowchart of a state processing method of a terminal device according to Embodiment 7 of the method of the present invention.
- FIG. 14 is a flowchart of a state processing method of a terminal device according to Embodiment 8 of the present invention.
- FIG. 16 is a flowchart of a state processing method of a terminal device according to Embodiment 10 of the present invention.
- 17 is a signaling flowchart of a paging method according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 18 is a schematic flowchart of a paging method according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 19 is another schematic flowchart of a paging method according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 20 is another schematic flowchart of a paging method according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 21 is a schematic structural diagram of a UE according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 22 is a schematic structural diagram of an access network device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 23 is a schematic structural diagram of a core network device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- a terminal device is provided, and a schematic structural diagram is shown in FIG. 1 , including:
- the parameter obtaining unit 10 is configured to acquire first time information that the terminal device enters the power saving mode from the connected state, and second time information that the terminal device returns from the power saving mode to the connected state.
- the connection state may include any one of the following states: a cell (CELL) Dedicated Channel (DCH) state, hereinafter referred to as a CELL_DCH state; a cell forward access channel (FACH) state, hereinafter referred to as CELL_FACH state; cell paging channel state, hereinafter referred to as CELL_PCH state; Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network (UTRAN) registration area paging channel state, hereinafter referred to as URA_PCH state.
- CELL Cell
- FACH cell forward access channel
- URA_PCH state Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network
- the parameter obtaining unit 10 is specifically configured to send a request message to the network device, where the request message is used to request the network device to configure the first time information and/or the second time information; a response message returned by the network device, where the response message includes the first time information and/or the second time information;
- the network device is an access network device of the network where the terminal device is located, or a core network device,
- the access network device is a device deployed in the access network used by the terminal device to access the network, and may be a base station or a radio network controller
- the core network device is a device deployed in the core network, and may be a general wireless packet service.
- Devices such as the Serving General Packer Radio Service Support Node (SGSN).
- SGSN Serving General Packer Radio Service Support Node
- the state conversion unit 11 is configured to switch from the connected state to the power saving mode according to the first time information acquired by the parameter obtaining unit 10, according to the second time information acquired by the parameter obtaining unit 10, The transition from the power saving mode to the connected state enables direct conversion between the connected device and the power saving mode.
- the power saving mode unit 12 is configured to reserve the configuration of the access stratum (AS) when the terminal device is in the connected state when the state transition unit 11 converts the terminal device to the power saving mode.
- the configuration of the access layer of the terminal device that is reserved by the power saving mode unit 12 in the connection state may include: information about a connection such as a radio resource control connection, and further, the configuration of the access layer may further include: The packet data protocol activation information, the authentication information, the security authentication information, and the interface information between the access network device and the core network device of the network where the terminal device is located.
- the configuration of the access layer may further include: information about any timer that is started when the terminal device is in the connected state.
- the transmission initiating unit 13 is configured to initiate transmission according to the configuration of the access layer reserved by the power saving mode unit 12 when the state transition unit 11 returns the terminal device from the power saving mode to the connected state.
- the first time information and the second time information that are specifically acquired by the parameter acquiring unit 10 are respectively a first preset time and a second preset time, where the first preset time is The time period in which the terminal device enters the connected state until the terminal device leaves the connected state and enters the power saving mode; the second preset time is when the terminal device enters the connected state until the terminal device enters the power saving mode from the connected state, and then leaves the power saving mode and then restarts The time period of entering the connected state, or the second preset time is a time period when the terminal device enters the power saving mode until the terminal device leaves the power saving mode and enters the connected state; then the state converting unit 11 is specifically configured to be used as the terminal device Entering the connected state for more than the first preset time, and when there is no uplink and downlink data, entering a power saving mode; when the terminal device enters the power saving mode or the terminal device enters the connected state When the time from the time point to the current time exceeds the second
- the state transition unit 11 is further configured to wait for the terminal device to enter when the terminal device has data transmission or signaling transmission in the power saving mode.
- the connection state is returned from the power saving mode when the time of the power saving mode or the time when the terminal device enters the connection state reaches the current time exceeds the second preset time.
- the state transition unit 11 is specifically configured to wait for the terminal device to enter the power saving mode or the terminal device when the terminal device has signaling transmission in the power saving mode. The time from when the connection state is entered to the current time exceeds the second preset time, and then returns from the power saving mode. Return to the channel paging state.
- the foregoing signaling transmission may include: transmission of the cell update signaling after the terminal device enters the connection state, or transmission of reconnection signaling after the terminal device is not in the service state.
- the foregoing power saving mode may include a first power saving mode or a second power saving mode, wherein, in the first power saving mode, the power saving mode unit 12 not only needs to reserve the configuration of the access layer, but also For periodically monitoring the paging information in the first power saving mode, the state transition unit 11 is further configured to: when the terminal device is in the first power saving mode, and when the power saving mode The paging information of the unit monitoring indicates that there is data transmission, switching from the first power saving mode to the connected state; in the second power saving mode, the power saving mode unit 12 is configured to be in the In the second power saving mode, the paging information is not monitored, but the configuration of the access layer needs to be reserved, that is, in the second power saving mode, the terminal device is unreachable to the core network, that is, the core network device cannot be connected. Go to or page to the terminal device.
- the state transition unit 11 can directly convert the terminal device from the power saving mode to the connected state, and in the power saving mode, the power saving mode unit 12 keeps the terminal device connected in the connected state.
- the transmission initiating unit 13 can directly initiate transmission in the connected state, and in the prior art, the terminal device needs to enter the idle state from the power saving mode first, and then initiate transmission in the idle state, in comparison, in the present invention.
- the transmission since the process of initiating transmission in the connected state is relatively small, the transmission may be directly sent through the reserved RRC connection, thereby saving RRC connection establishment, NAS signaling connection, and authentication when the transmission is initiated from the idle state.
- the process of security authentication and PDP activation reduces the energy consumption of the terminal device and thus achieves the purpose of the terminal device node.
- An access network device such as a radio network controller (RNC)
- RNC radio network controller
- the parameter negotiation unit 20 is configured to determine first time information that the terminal device enters the power saving mode from the connected state, and second time information that the terminal device returns to the connected state from the power saving mode, where the first The time information and/or the second time information is sent to the terminal device.
- the parameter negotiation unit 20 may actively determine the first time information and the second time information after the terminal device is connected to the network through the access network device, and send the information to the terminal. End device.
- the parameter negotiation unit 20 needs to receive a first request message sent by the terminal device, where the first request message is used to request the access network device to configure the first time information and/or the second The time information; finally determining the first time information and the second time information according to the first request message, and transmitting the finally determined first time information and/or the second time information to the terminal device.
- the state synchronization unit 21 is configured to determine the state of the terminal device according to the first time information and the second time information determined by the parameter negotiation unit 20, and is mainly a state in which the terminal device switches between the connected state and the power saving mode.
- the first time information and the second time information that are specifically determined by the parameter negotiation unit 20 are respectively a first preset time and a second preset time; and the state synchronization unit 21 is specifically configured to be used when When the terminal device enters the connected state for more than the first preset time and does not have uplink and downlink data, determining that the terminal device enters a power saving mode; when the terminal device enters the power saving mode or the terminal When the time when the device enters the connected state reaches the current time exceeds the second preset time, it is determined that the terminal device returns the connected state from the power saving mode.
- the state synchronization unit 21 can also determine that the state of the terminal device is returned to the connected state according to the initiated transmission.
- the state operation unit 22 is configured to, according to the state of the terminal device determined by the state synchronization unit 21, when the terminal device enters the power saving mode from the connected state, retain the terminal device to access when the connection state is The configuration of the layer; when the terminal device returns from the power saving mode to the connected state, the use of the configuration of the access layer is resumed.
- the configuration of the access layer when the terminal device is in the connected state, the information that the state operation unit 22 retains may include: information about a connection such as a radio resource control connection, and further, the configuration of the access layer may further include The packet data protocol activation information, the authentication information, the security authentication information, and the interface information between the access network device and the core network device of the network where the terminal device is located.
- the configuration of the access layer may further include: information about any timer that is started when the terminal device is in the connected state.
- the power saving mode in which the terminal device is located may include the first power saving mode or the first In the second power saving mode, when the terminal device is in the first power saving mode, the state operating unit 22 needs to retain not only the configuration of the access layer but also when the terminal device is in the first power saving mode.
- the paging information is periodically sent to the terminal device; when the terminal device is in the second power saving mode, the state operation unit 22 is configured to not send when the terminal device is in the second power saving mode.
- the information is sent to the terminal device, but the configuration of the access layer needs to be reserved. That is, in the second power saving mode, the terminal device is unreachable to the network.
- the core network device when the state synchronization unit 21 determines that the terminal device enters the second power saving mode, and does not synchronize the state of the terminal device with the core network device, the core network device also sends a message to the core network device. After the access network device receives the information sent by the core network device to the terminal device, the state operation unit 22 may also send a failure message to the core network device or not send any reply to the core network device.
- the core network device After the state synchronization unit 21 determines that the terminal device enters the first power saving mode, and does not synchronize the state of the terminal device with the core network device, the core network device also sends information to the terminal device, when the access network device After receiving the information sent by the core network device to the terminal device, if the terminal device does not arrive at the period of monitoring the paging information, the status operation unit 22 also sends a failure message to the core network device or does not send any response to the core network device. If the period comes, the status operation unit 22 transmits the paging information to the terminal device.
- the first time information and the second time information can be preset to the terminal device by using the parameter negotiation unit 20, so that the terminal device can use the first time information and the second time information.
- the access network device of this embodiment needs to synchronously determine the state of the terminal device through the state synchronization unit 21, and
- the state operation unit 22 reserves and restores the configuration of the access layer, and other execution processes of the access network device can be processed according to the existing process, and details are not described herein, so that the existing system can be made smaller.
- a direct conversion between the connected state and the power saving mode described in this embodiment can be realized.
- FIG. 3 Another access network device is provided, and its structure is shown in FIG. 3, including:
- the first state synchronization unit 30 is configured to determine a state of the terminal device.
- the second state synchronization unit 31 is configured to determine the terminal according to the first state synchronization unit 30. In the standby state, the state of the terminal device is synchronized with the core network device.
- the state processing unit 32 is configured to: when the terminal device enters the power saving mode from the connected state, when the terminal device enters the power saving mode according to the state of the terminal device determined by the first state synchronization unit 30, when the terminal device is in the connected state The configuration of the access layer; when the terminal device returns from the power saving mode to the connected state, restoring the use of the configuration of the access layer.
- the configuration of the access layer of the terminal device that is reserved by the state processing unit 32 in the connection state may specifically include: information of a connection such as a radio resource control connection, and further, the configuration of the access layer may further include The packet data protocol activation information, the authentication information, the security authentication information, and the interface information between the access network device and the core network device of the network where the terminal device is located.
- the configuration of the access layer may further include: information about any timer that is started when the terminal device is in the connected state.
- the access network device may include a parameter determining unit, which is mainly used to determine the first time information that the terminal device enters the power saving mode from the connected state, in addition to the structure shown in FIG. The connection state second time information returned by the terminal device from the power saving mode.
- the first time information and the second time information that are specifically determined by the parameter determining unit are respectively a first preset time and a second preset time; and the first state synchronization unit 30 is specifically used in the current
- the time when the terminal device enters the connected state exceeds the first preset time and there is no uplink and downlink data, determining that the terminal device enters a power saving mode; when the terminal device enters the power saving mode or the When the time when the terminal device enters the connection state to the current time exceeds the second preset time, it is determined that the terminal device returns the connection state from the power saving mode.
- the parameter determining unit may receive the first request message sent by the terminal device, where the first request message is used to request the access network device to configure the first time information and/or the second time information; Determining, by the terminal device, a first response message, where the first response message includes the first time information and/or the second time information; or the parameter determining unit is configured to directly receive the terminal device or The first time information and/or the second time information sent by the core network device, where the first time information and/or the second time information are negotiated between the core network device and the terminal device.
- the power saving mode in which the terminal device is located may include the first power saving mode or the second power saving mode, and when the terminal device is in the first power saving mode, the state processing unit 32 not only needs to reserve access.
- the configuration of the layer, and is also used when the terminal device is in the first power saving mode The paging information is sent to the terminal device periodically; when the terminal device is in the second power saving mode, the state processing unit 32 is configured to not send when the terminal device is in the second power saving mode.
- the information is sent to the terminal device, but the configuration of the access layer needs to be reserved. That is, in the second power saving mode, the terminal device is unreachable to the network.
- the second state synchronization unit 32 in the access network device of the embodiment needs to convert the terminal device between the connected state and the power saving mode.
- the state is synchronized to the core network device, so that the core network device knows when the terminal device enters the state, and when the terminal device is in the power saving mode, the core network device can not page or send data to the terminal device, or periodically. Paging the terminal device can save the signaling process of the core network device.
- the first state synchronization unit 30 and the second state synchronization unit 31 may specifically include synchronization in the following manners:
- the first state synchronization unit 30 is configured to determine that the terminal device enters the connected state, and the second state synchronization unit 31 sends the third state information to the core network device, where the third state information is
- the device includes: the terminal device enters the connection state information; the third state information is used by the core network device according to the third state information, and the terminal device enters the power saving mode from a connected state. Determining, by the first time information, that the terminal device enters a power saving mode, specifically, when the time when the terminal device enters the connected state exceeds a first preset time, and there is no uplink and downlink data, determining the terminal The device enters the power saving mode.
- the information included in the third state information refers to information that the terminal device has entered the connected state at the current time.
- the first state synchronization unit 30 in the access network device can also synchronously know when the terminal device enters the power saving mode after entering the connected state, so that if the core network device is in the terminal device In the mode, the information is sent to the terminal device. If the terminal device is in the second power saving mode, the access network device may send a failure message to the core network device or send no response to the core network device, so that the core network device sends the message. If the terminal device is in the first power saving mode, the access network device periodically sends the paging information sent by the core network device to the terminal device, where the period and the terminal device are in the first The period of monitoring paging information is the same in a power saving mode.
- the first state synchronization unit 30 is specifically configured to determine that the terminal device enters the province from the connected state.
- the second state synchronization unit 31 is configured to send the first state information to the core network device after the terminal device enters the power saving mode, where the first state information includes the terminal device entering the power saving Mode information.
- the information that the terminal device that is included in the first state information enters the power saving mode refers to information that the terminal device has entered the power saving mode at the current time.
- the second state synchronization unit 31 may further include, in the first state information, period information of the terminal device listening for paging information, so that the core
- the network device may periodically send the paging information to the terminal device when the terminal device is in the first power saving mode according to the period information; or the second state synchronization unit 31 only includes the terminal device in the first state information.
- the information of the power saving mode, and the period information is already preset in the core network device, the core network device may also periodically send the paging information to the terminal device when the terminal device is in the first power saving mode.
- the second state synchronization unit 31 is further configured to: when the first state synchronization unit 30 determines that the terminal device enters the power saving mode from the connected state, send the second state information to the core network
- the second state information includes: information that the terminal device leaves the power saving mode, where the information included in the second state information may be information that the terminal device has left the power saving mode at the current time, or It is the time information when the terminal device leaves the power saving mode.
- the second state synchronization unit 31 is specifically configured to receive the core network device after the first state determining unit 30 determines that the terminal device enters the power saving mode from the connected state.
- the information included in the second state information refers to time information of the terminal device leaving the power saving mode.
- the second state synchronization unit 31 is configured to send second state information, when the terminal device enters the power saving mode from the connected state, and then returns from the power saving mode to the connected state, where the second state information is sent.
- the information included in the information refers to information that the terminal device has left the power saving mode.
- the second state synchronization unit 31 is configured to: when the first state synchronization unit 30 determines that the terminal device leaves the connection state, send the fourth state information to the core network device,
- the fourth state information includes: information that the terminal device leaves the connection state, where the fourth state information is used by the core network device to determine, according to the fourth state information, the terminal device from the connection
- the state enters the power saving mode or enters another state, where the information included in the fourth state information refers to information that the terminal device has left the connected state at the current time.
- a core network device such as an SGSN, is provided, and its structure is shown in FIG. 4, including:
- the synchronization unit 40 is configured to perform state synchronization between the terminal device and the access network device of the network where the terminal device is located;
- the processing unit 41 is configured to reserve, according to the state of the terminal device that is synchronized by the synchronization unit 40, when the terminal device enters the power saving mode from the connected state, retain the configuration of the terminal device connected in the connected state; When the terminal device returns from the power saving mode to the connected state, the use of the connected configuration is resumed.
- the configuration of the connection of the terminal device in the connected state may include: packet data protocol activation information, authentication information, security authentication information, or an access network of the network where the terminal device is located. Interface information between the device and the core network device.
- the configuration of the connection may also include: information of any timer that is started when the terminal device is in the connected state, and the like.
- the core network device may further include a parameter determining unit, which is mainly used to determine the first time information that the terminal device enters the power saving mode from the connected state, and The second state information of the connection state returned by the terminal device from the power saving mode.
- a parameter determining unit which is mainly used to determine the first time information that the terminal device enters the power saving mode from the connected state, and The second state information of the connection state returned by the terminal device from the power saving mode.
- the first time information and the second time information determined by the parameter determining unit are respectively a first preset time and a second preset time; the synchronization unit 40 is specifically configured to enter when the terminal device enters When the time of the connected state exceeds the first preset time, and there is no uplink and downlink data, determining that the terminal device enters a power saving mode; when the terminal device enters the power saving mode or the terminal device enters When the time point of the connected state reaches the current preset time exceeds the second preset time, it is determined that the terminal device returns the connected state from the power saving mode.
- the parameter determining unit may receive the second request message sent by the terminal device, where the second request message is used to request the core network device to configure the first time information and/or the second time information; a first response message returned by the terminal device, where the first response message includes the first time information and/or the second time information; or the parameter determining unit is configured to directly receive the terminal device or The first time information and/or the second time information sent by the network access device, where the first time information and/or the second time information are negotiated between the access network device and the terminal device.
- the processing unit 41 needs to retain not only the configuration of the connection. And can also be used to periodically send paging information to the terminal device when the terminal device is in the first power saving mode; when the terminal device is in the second power saving mode, the foregoing processing unit 41 And, when the terminal device is in the second power saving mode, does not send information to the terminal device, but needs to reserve a connection configuration, that is, in the second power saving mode, the terminal device is unreachable to the network. of.
- the core network device needs to synchronize the state of the terminal device with the access network device, so that the core network device is in the terminal device.
- the data is not paged or sent to the terminal device, or the terminal device is periodically paged, which saves the signaling process of the core network device.
- the synchronization unit 40 may specifically include synchronization in the following manners:
- the synchronization unit 40 is configured to receive first state information that is sent by the access network device of the network where the terminal device is located, where the first state information includes information that the terminal device enters the power saving mode.
- the processing unit 41 is further configured to The first state information, stopping paging or stopping sending data to the terminal device; if the first state information received by the synchronization unit 40 includes information indicating that the terminal device enters the power saving mode, the period in which the terminal device monitors the paging information The information indicates that the terminal device enters the first power saving mode, and the processing unit 41 is further configured to periodically page the terminal device according to the first state information; if the first state information is received by the synchronization unit 40 The processing unit 41 is further configured to periodically page the terminal device according to the first state information and the preset period information.
- a synchronization unit 40 configured to receive third state information that is sent by the access network device, where the third state information includes information that the terminal device enters the connection state, according to the third state information And determining, by the terminal device, the first time information from the connected state to the power saving mode, and determining when the terminal device enters the power saving mode. And determining, according to the second time information that the terminal device returns to the connected state from the power saving mode, when the terminal device returns to the connected state.
- a synchronization unit 40 configured to receive fourth state information sent by the access network device, where The fourth state information is sent by the access network device when the terminal device leaves the connected state, and the fourth state information includes: information that the terminal device leaves the connected state.
- the processing unit 41 is further configured to determine, according to the fourth state information received by the synchronization unit 40, that the terminal device enters the power saving mode or other state from the connected state. Specifically, if the terminal device enters the connected state for more than the first preset time and there is no uplink and downlink data, it is determined that the terminal device enters the power saving mode from the connected state; if the terminal device enters the connected state, the time does not exceed the first When a preset time, or exceeds the first preset time and there is uplink and downlink data, it is determined that the terminal device enters another state from the connected state, then stops counting the time when the terminal terminal device enters the power saving mode, or stops the pair.
- the time when the terminal device enters the connected state is timed to the current time, and other states may be performed according to the fourth state information, such as starting normal paging or starting to send data to the terminal device.
- the synchronization unit 40 is configured to receive the second state information that is sent by the access network device, where the second state information includes: information that the terminal device leaves the power saving mode, where the The two-state information is sent by the access network device after the terminal device enters the power-saving mode from the connected state.
- the processing unit 41 is further configured to determine, according to the second state information, when the terminal device leaves the power saving mode.
- the synchronization unit 40 is specifically configured to receive the access when the terminal device sends information to the terminal device through the access network device after entering the power saving mode from the connected state.
- the second state information sent by the network device where the information included in the second state information indicates the time information of the terminal device leaving the power saving mode, the processing unit 41 may further be based on the second state information.
- the synchronization unit 40 is specifically configured to: if the terminal device returns to the connection state from the power saving mode after entering the power saving mode from the connected state, receive the The second status information, the information included in the second status information indicates that the terminal device has left the power saving mode.
- the embodiment of the present invention further provides a transmission initiation system, which mainly includes a terminal device, an access network device of the network where the terminal device is located, and a core network device, where: the structure of the terminal device may be as described in Embodiment 1 of the foregoing device.
- the structure of the terminal device, the structure of the access network device can be as the above device.
- the structure of the access network device in the third embodiment, the structure of the core network device may be the same as the structure of the core network device in the fourth embodiment of the device, and details are not described herein.
- the embodiment of the present invention further provides another transmission initiation system, which mainly includes a terminal device and an access network device of a network where the terminal device is located, where the terminal device may be configured as the terminal device according to the foregoing device embodiment
- the structure of the access network device is the structure of the access network device as described in the second embodiment of the device, and details are not described herein.
- a terminal device is provided.
- a schematic structural diagram is shown in FIG. 5, including a memory 50, a processor 51 and a transceiver 52 respectively connected to a bus, wherein:
- the memory 50 is used to store information such as necessary files for storing the data processed by the processor 51.
- the storage processor 51 executes program code and the like of the transmission initiating method described in the first embodiment of the method.
- the processor 51 is configured to call the program code stored in the memory 50 to implement the following functions:
- the processor 51 is specifically configured to: when the terminal device enters the connected state, the time exceeds the first preset time, and When the uplink and downlink data enters the power saving mode; when the terminal device enters the power saving mode or the time when the terminal device enters the connected state reaches the current time exceeds the second preset time, The power saving mode returns to the connected state.
- the processor 51 when acquiring the foregoing first time information and the second time information, may control the transceiver 52 to send a request message to the network device, where the request message is used to request the network device to configure the first time information and/or Or the second time information; the response message returned by the network device is received by the transceiver 52, where the response message includes the first time information and/or the second time information; the network device is the terminal device The access network device of the network, or the core network device.
- the processor 51 is further configured to: when the terminal device has data transmission or signaling transmission in the power saving mode, does not need to wait for the terminal device to enter the The channel paging state is returned from the power saving mode when the time of the power saving mode or the time when the terminal device enters the connected state reaches the current time exceeds the second preset time.
- the processor 51 is specifically configured to wait for the terminal device to enter the power saving mode or enter the terminal device when the terminal device has signaling transmission in the power saving mode.
- the channel paging state is returned from the power saving mode when the time of the connected state to the current time exceeds the second preset time.
- the foregoing signaling transmission may include: transmission of the cell update signaling after the terminal device enters the connection state, or transmission of reconnection signaling after the terminal device is not in the service state.
- the foregoing power saving mode may include a first power saving mode or a second power saving mode, wherein in the first power saving mode, the processor 51 not only needs to reserve the configuration of the access layer, but also is used for In the first power saving mode, the control transceiver 52 periodically monitors the paging information, and when the paging information indicates that there is data transmission, transitions from the first power saving mode to the connected state; In the second power saving mode, the processor 51 does not monitor the paging information, but needs to reserve the configuration of the access layer, that is, in the second power saving mode, the terminal device is unreachable to the core network, that is, The core network device cannot connect to or page to the terminal device.
- the terminal device can directly switch from the power saving mode to the connected state, and in the power saving mode, the processor 51 retains the configuration of the access layer of the terminal device in the connected state, so that The processor 51 can control the transceiver 52 to directly initiate transmission in the connected state.
- the terminal device needs to enter the idle state from the power saving mode first, and then initiate the transmission in the idle state.
- the process of initiating transmission from the connected state is relatively small, and the transmission can be directly transmitted through the reserved RRC connection and the connection of the Iu interface, thereby saving the RRC connection establishment and the NAS signaling connection when the transmission is initiated from the idle state.
- the processes of authentication, security authentication and PDP activation reduce the energy consumption of the terminal device and thus achieve the purpose of the terminal device node.
- An access network device such as an RNC, has a structure similar to that of the terminal device in FIG. 5, and includes: a memory, a processor, and a transceiver respectively connected to the bus, where:
- the memory is used to store information such as necessary files for storing data processed by the processor, such as a storage processor.
- the program code and the like of the transmission initiation method described in the second embodiment of the method are executed.
- a processor for calling program code stored in the memory to implement the following functions:
- the control transceiver determines first time information that the terminal device enters the power saving mode from the connected state, and the second time information that the terminal device returns from the power saving mode to the connected state, and controls the transceiver to use the first time
- the information and/or the second time information is sent to the terminal device. Determining the state of the terminal device according to the first time information and the second time information determined above, mainly a state in which the terminal device switches between the connected state and the power saving mode. According to the state of the terminal device, when the terminal device enters the power saving mode from the connected state, retaining the configuration of the access layer when the terminal device is in the connected state; when the terminal device is from the province When the electrical mode returns to the connected state, the use of the configuration of the access layer is resumed. .
- the configuration of the access layer of the terminal device in the connected state may include: information about a connection such as a radio resource control connection, and further, the configuration of the access layer may further include packet data protocol activation information.
- the configuration of the access layer may further include: information about any timer that is started when the terminal device is in the connected state.
- the processor may control the transceiver to actively send the first time information and the second time information to the terminal device after the terminal device is connected to the network by using the access network device. Or, when the transceiver receives the first request message sent by the terminal device, the first request message is used to request the access network device to configure the first time information and/or the second time information; And according to the first request message, the control transceiver sends the finally determined first time information and/or the second time information to the terminal device.
- first time information and the second time information are the first preset time and the second preset time, respectively, when the processor determines the state of the terminal device, when the terminal device enters the connected state, the time exceeds the Determining, when there is no uplink and downlink data, determining that the terminal device enters a power saving mode; when the terminal device enters the power saving mode or when the terminal device enters the connected state When the time of the current time exceeds the second preset time, it is determined that the terminal device returns the connected state from the power saving mode.
- the processor can also determine the terminal device according to the initiated transmission. The state is returned to the connected state.
- the processor when the power saving mode of the terminal device may include the first power saving mode or the second power saving mode, when the terminal device is in the first power saving mode, the processor not only needs to reserve the configuration of the access layer. And controlling the transceiver to periodically send paging information to the terminal device; when the terminal device is in the second power saving mode, the transceiver does not send information to the terminal device, but the processor needs to reserve the access layer.
- the configuration, that is, in the second power saving mode the terminal device is unreachable to the network.
- the transceiver can preset the first time information and the second time information to the terminal device, so that the terminal device can be in the connected state according to the first time information and the second time information.
- the access network device of this embodiment needs to synchronously determine the state of the terminal device, and retain and restore the configuration of the access layer.
- the other execution processes of the access network device can be processed according to the existing process, and are not described here, so that the connection state and the province described in this embodiment can be realized by making minor changes to the existing system. Direct conversion between electrical modes.
- Another access network device which has a structure similar to that of the terminal device shown in FIG. 5, and includes: a memory, a processor, and a transceiver, where:
- the memory is used to store information such as necessary files for storing data processed by the processor, such as program code for storing a state processing method of the terminal device described in Embodiment 3 or 4 of the following method.
- a processor for calling program code stored in the memory to implement the following functions:
- the configuration of the access layer of the terminal device in the connected state may include: information about a connection such as a radio resource control connection, and further, the configuration of the access layer may further include packet data protocol activation information.
- the configuration of the access layer may further include: Information about any timer that the device starts when it is connected.
- the processor is further configured to determine first time information that the terminal device enters the power saving mode from the connected state, and second state information of the connected state that is returned by the terminal device from the power saving mode. If the first time information and the second time information are the first preset time and the second preset time, respectively, when the processor performs state synchronization of the terminal device with the terminal device, when the terminal device enters the connection When the time of the state exceeds the first preset time and there is no uplink and downlink data, determining that the terminal device enters a power saving mode; when the terminal device enters the power saving mode or the terminal device enters the When the time from the connected state to the current time exceeds the second preset time, it is determined that the terminal device returns the connected state from the power saving mode.
- the processor in the access network device in this embodiment needs to control the state in which the transceiver converts the terminal device between the connected state and the power saving mode. Synchronizing to the core network device, so that the core network device knows when to page or send data to the terminal device, so that when the terminal device is in the power saving mode, the core network does not want to page or send data to the terminal device, or only periodically. Paging the terminal device can save the signaling process of the core network device.
- the processor may specifically include synchronization in the following manners:
- the processor is specifically configured to determine that the terminal device enters the connected state, and the control transceiver sends the third state information to the core network device, where the third state information includes: the terminal device enters the The third state information is used by the core network device to determine the first time information according to the third state information and the terminal device entering the power saving mode from the connected state.
- the terminal device enters a power saving mode. Specifically, when the time when the terminal device enters the connected state exceeds a first preset time and there is no uplink and downlink data, the terminal device is determined to enter a power saving mode.
- the information included in the third state information refers to information that the terminal device has entered the connected state at the current time.
- the processor in the access network device can also synchronously know when the terminal device enters the power saving mode after entering the connected state, so that if the core network device is in the power saving mode, the core network device sends The information is sent to the terminal device. If the terminal device is in the second power saving mode, the controller may control the transceiver to send a failure message to the core network device or not send any response to the core network device, so that the core network device sends the information to the terminal.
- the device fails to send; if the terminal device is In the first power saving mode, the processor periodically controls the transceiver to send the paging information sent by the core network device to the terminal device, and the period is consistent with the period in which the terminal device monitors the paging information in the first power saving mode. .
- the processor is specifically configured to determine that the terminal device enters the power-saving mode from the connected state, and then the control transceiver sends the first state information to the core network device, where the first state information includes the terminal device Information about the power saving mode.
- the information that the terminal device that is included in the first state information enters the power saving mode refers to information that the terminal device has entered the power saving mode at the current time.
- the first state information may further include period information that the terminal device monitors the paging information, so that the core network device can be in the terminal according to the period information.
- the paging information may be periodically sent to the terminal device; or the processor only includes the information that the terminal device enters the first power saving mode in the first state information, and the information in the core network device is already included in the core network device.
- the core network device may also periodically send paging information to the terminal device when the terminal device is in the first power saving mode.
- the processor is further configured to: after determining that the terminal device enters the power saving mode from the connected state, control the transceiver to send the second state information to the core network device, where the second state information includes The information that the terminal device leaves the power saving mode, where the information included in the second state information may be information that the terminal device has left the power saving mode at the current time, or when the terminal device leaves the power saving mode. Time information.
- the processor is specifically configured to: when determining that the terminal device enters the power saving mode from the connected state, when the transceiver receives the information sent by the core network device to the terminal device, The second state information is sent to the core network device, and the information included in the second state information refers to time information of the terminal device leaving the power saving mode.
- the processor is configured to: when the terminal device enters the power saving mode from the connected state, and then returns from the power saving mode to the connected state, the control transceiver sends the second state information, where the second state information is included.
- the information included refers to the information that the terminal device has left the power saving mode.
- the processor is specifically configured to: when determining that the terminal device leaves the connected state, the control transceiver sends the fourth state information to the core network device, where the fourth state information includes: the terminal device Deleting the information of the connection state, where the fourth state information is used by the core network device to determine, according to the fourth state information, that the terminal device enters the power saving mode from the connected state or enters In other states, the information included in the fourth state information refers to information that the terminal device has left the connected state at the current time.
- a core network device such as an SGSN, is provided, and has a structure similar to that of the terminal device shown in FIG. 5, and includes: a memory, a processor, and a transceiver, where:
- the memory is used to store information such as necessary files for storing the processing data of the processor, such as program code for storing the state processing method of the terminal device described in Embodiment 5 or 6 of the following method.
- a processor for calling program code stored in the memory to implement the following functions:
- the processor is further configured to determine, by the terminal device, the first time information that the terminal device enters the power saving mode from the connected state, and the second time information of the connected state that is returned by the terminal device from the power saving mode. . If the first time information and the second time information are the first preset time and the second preset time, respectively, when the processor synchronizes, when the terminal device enters the connected state, the time exceeds the first pre-preparation.
- the power saving mode in which the terminal device is located may include the first power saving mode or the second power saving mode
- the processor when the terminal device is in the first power saving mode, the processor not only needs to retain the configuration of the connection, and
- the transceiver may also be controlled to periodically send paging information to the terminal device; when the terminal device is in the second power saving mode, the transceiver does not send information to the terminal device, but the processor needs to reserve the connection configuration, ie In the second power saving mode, the terminal device is unreachable to the network.
- the core network device needs to synchronize the state of the terminal device with the access network device, so that the core network device is in the When the terminal device is in the power saving mode, it does not page or send data to the terminal device, or only periodically pages the terminal device, which can save the signaling process of the core network device.
- the access network device may specifically include the following methods:
- the transceiver receives the first state information sent by the access network device of the network where the terminal device is located, where the first state information includes information that the terminal device enters the power saving mode.
- the terminal device is unreachable, and the processor is further configured to use, according to the first state, The information, the control transceiver stops paging or stops sending data to the terminal device; if the first status information received by the transceiver includes information of the terminal device entering the power saving mode, the terminal information of the terminal device monitoring the paging information The terminal device enters the first power saving mode, and the transceiver is further configured to: according to the first state information, control the transceiver to periodically page the terminal device; if the first state information is received by the transceiver The information indicates that the terminal device enters the first power saving mode, and the processor is further configured to control the transceiver to periodically page the terminal device according to the first state information and the preset period information.
- the transceiver is configured to receive third state information that is sent by the access network device, where the third state information includes information that the terminal device enters the connected state, and the processor is configured according to the third state information. And determining, by the terminal device, the first time information from the connected state to the power saving mode, and determining when the terminal device enters the power saving mode. And determining, according to the second time information that the terminal device returns to the connected state from the power saving mode, when the terminal device returns to the connected state.
- the transceiver is configured to receive fourth state information that is sent by the access network device, where the fourth state information is sent by the access network device when the terminal device leaves the connected state, where the The four-state information includes: information that the terminal device leaves the connected state.
- the processor is further configured to determine, according to the fourth state information received by the transceiver, that the terminal device enters the power saving mode or other state from the connected state. Specifically, if the terminal device enters the connected state for more than the first preset time and there is no uplink and downlink data, it is determined that the terminal device enters the power saving mode from the connected state; if the terminal device enters the connected state, the time does not exceed the first When a preset time, or exceeds the first preset time and there is uplink and downlink data, it is determined that the terminal device enters another state from the connected state, then stops counting the time when the terminal terminal device enters the power saving mode, or stops the pair.
- the time when the terminal device enters the connected state is timed to the current time, and may be based on the fourth state information. Perform other state operations, such as starting a normal page or starting to send data to the terminal device.
- the transceiver is configured to receive the second state information that is sent by the access network device, where the second state information includes: information that the terminal device leaves the power saving mode, where the second state information After the terminal device enters the power saving mode from the connected state, the access network device sends.
- the processor is further configured to determine, according to the second state information, when the terminal device leaves the power saving mode.
- the processor is specifically configured to: when the terminal device enters the power saving mode from the connected state, and the control transceiver sends the information to the terminal device by using the access network device, the transceiver receives the The second status information that is sent by the access network device, where the information included in the second status information indicates that the terminal device leaves the time information of the power saving mode, and the processor may further be configured according to the second status information.
- the control transceiver starts normal paging or starts to send data to the terminal device.
- the transceiver is specifically configured to: when the terminal device returns to the power-saving mode from the connected state, and then return to the connected state from the power-saving mode, the receiving, by the access network device, The second status information, the information included in the second status information indicates that the terminal device has left the power saving mode.
- the embodiment of the present invention further provides a transmission initiation system, which mainly includes a terminal device, an access network device of the network where the terminal device is located, and a core network device, where the terminal device may be as described in Embodiment 5 of the foregoing device.
- the terminal device, the access network device may be the access network device as described in the foregoing device embodiment 7.
- the structure of the core network device may be the core network device as described in the foregoing device embodiment 8, and details are not described herein.
- the embodiment of the present invention further provides another transmission initiation system, which mainly includes a terminal device and an access network device of the network where the terminal device is located, where the terminal device may be the terminal device as described in the foregoing device embodiment 5.
- the access network device may be an access network device as described in the foregoing device embodiment 6, and details are not described herein.
- a transmission initiation method is provided, which is mainly applied to a mobile network system in which a terminal device is located.
- a terminal device is generally connected to a core network through an access network (Core In the network, CN), the method in this embodiment is a method performed by the terminal device, and the flowchart is as shown in FIG. 6, and includes:
- Step 101 Acquire a first time information that the terminal device enters the power saving mode from the connected state, and a second time information that the terminal device returns to the connected state from the power saving mode.
- the terminal device may send a request message to the network device, where The request message is used to request the network device to configure the first time information and/or the second time information; and then receive a response message returned by the network device, where the response message includes the first time information and/or the second time information; wherein the network device It is an access network device of the network where the terminal device is located, or a core network device.
- the first time information recommended by the terminal device and/or the second time information may be included in the request message, if the network device receives the request message, according to the first time information and/or the second recommended by the terminal device included therein The time information, and the actual situation on the network side, ultimately determine the first time information and/or the second time information. If one of the first determined first time information and the second time information is inconsistent with the recommended use of the terminal device, the first response time message and/or the second time information may be included in the response message returned.
- Step 102 According to the first time information acquired in the foregoing step 101, switch from the connected state to the power saving mode, and when the terminal device is switched to the power saving mode, retain the configuration of the access layer when the terminal device is in the connected state.
- the first time information may be the first preset time, and when the time when the terminal device enters the connected state exceeds the first preset time, and there is no uplink and downlink data, the terminal device enters the power saving mode.
- the RRC state of the terminal device may include an idle mode and a connected state.
- the state of the terminal device after accessing the network may further include saving power. mode.
- the connected state can be further divided into the following four states: CELL_DCH state; CELL_FACH state; ELL_PCH state; URA_PCH state. Specifically, a schematic diagram of the transformation of various states is shown in FIG. 7:
- both the uplink and downlink of the terminal device are allocated a dedicated physical channel; the cell in which the terminal device is located can be known according to the current active set of the terminal device; the terminal device can use the dedicated transport channel, and the downlink/uplink shared transmission A channel or a combination of these transmission channels.
- the terminal device can use the dedicated transport channel after channel switching in the CELL_FACH state to enter the CELL_DCH state; the terminal device will RRC in the idle state.
- the connection is established on a dedicated channel such that the terminal device enters the CELL_DCH state.
- the terminal device can also enter the paging channel state.
- the terminal device In the CELL_FACH state, the terminal device is not assigned a dedicated transport channel and needs to listen to a downlink FACH channel; the terminal device is assigned a default uplink common channel or an uplink shared transport channel such as RACH; the location of the terminal device is at the cell level.
- the UTRAN specifically, the cell reported by the terminal device when the cell update was last initiated.
- the terminal device performs the following tasks: listening to a FACH; listening to the broadcast channel (BCH) of the current serving cell to decode system information; initiating a cell update procedure when the cell changes; in the random access channel (Random Access Channel) , RACH) transmits uplink control signaling and small data packets.
- BCH broadcast channel
- RACH random access channel
- the terminal device In the CELL_FACH state, if the data service is not activated for a period of time, the terminal device will enter the CELL_PCH state to reduce power loss, and perform cell update when the terminal device temporarily leaves the CELL_PCH state.
- the terminal device In the CELL_PCH state, the terminal device is not assigned a dedicated channel; the terminal device cannot have any uplink activity; the logical channel of the Dedicated Control Channel (DCCH) cannot be used. If the network side attempts to initiate any activity, it needs A paging request is sent on the PCCH logical channel of the cell where the terminal device is located; the location of the terminal device is known by the UTRAN at the cell level, specifically, the cell reported when the terminal device initiates the cell update when the terminal device is in the CELL_FACH state.
- DCCH Dedicated Control Channel
- the terminal device performs the following tasks: using Discontinuous Reception (DRX) technology to monitor information on the PCH transmission channel at a specific paging moment, specifically, listening to the paging moment according to the DRX cycle and receiving the homing on the PCH. Calling the message; listening to the BCH of the serving cell where the terminal device is currently located to decode the system information; and initiating the cell update process when the cell where the terminal device is located changes.
- DRX Discontinuous Reception
- the terminal device can switch from the CELL_PCH state to the CELL_FACH state or the CELL_DCH state through UTRAN paging or through any uplink access.
- the terminal device In the URA_PCH state, it is similar to the terminal device in the CELL_PCH state, except that the terminal device initiates the location update process only when the routing area changes (rather than the cell change).
- the network side only has the information of the routing area of the terminal device, and needs to be paged in the entire routing area to find Terminal Equipment.
- the power saving mode in this embodiment may include a first power saving mode or a second power saving mode.
- the radio frequency module of the terminal device is turned off, that is, uplink and downlink transmission cannot be performed.
- the terminal device does not listen to the paging information, and the core network device cannot directly connect or page to the terminal device, but still maintains the RRC connection and the PDP attachment.
- the terminal device In the first power saving mode, the terminal device not only needs to reserve the configuration of the access layer, but also needs to periodically monitor the paging information. When the monitored paging information indicates that there is data transmission, the terminal device may have the first power saving mode. Switch to connected state.
- the terminal device when the terminal device enters the connected state for more than the first preset time and does not have uplink and downlink data, it may directly enter a power saving mode, such as a first power saving mode or a second power saving mode, where the first pre- The set time can be obtained by the terminal device and the access network device or negotiated with the core network.
- a power saving mode such as a first power saving mode or a second power saving mode
- the configuration of the access layer when the terminal device is in the connected state is retained, including the information of maintaining the connection such as the RRC connection, and may also include the Iu interface (the access network and the core network)
- the information of the connection interface, the authentication information, the security authentication information, and the PDP activation information may also maintain any timer that is started when the terminal device is in the connected state, such as the timer T305.
- the timer T305 is a timer that is started when the terminal device enters the connected state. When the T305 times out, the terminal device performs a cell update operation.
- Step 103 According to the second time information acquired in the above step 101, the power saving mode is switched to the connected state, and when the terminal device returns from the power saving mode to the connected state, the transmission is initiated according to the configuration of the reserved access layer.
- the terminal device returns from the power saving mode to the connected state, and then the terminal device can directly use the RRC connection maintained in the power saving mode, and performs tasks in the connected state, such as cell update (Cell Update, CU), and tracking area update (Tracking). Area Update, TAU) or Routing Area Update (RAU).
- the second time information may be a second preset time, when the time when the terminal device enters the power saving mode or the time when the terminal device enters the connected state reaches the current time exceeds the second preset time, The terminal device can return from the power saving mode to the connected state.
- the terminal device sets two timers, namely timers T1 and T2.
- the timers T1 and T2 can be started simultaneously; in another case, When the terminal device enters the connected state, the timer T1 is started, and when the terminal device enters the power saving mode, the timer T2 is started. Then in the method of this embodiment, if the timer T1 times out and there is no When the data is uplink and downlink, the terminal device enters the power saving mode from the connected state. When the timer T2 times out, the terminal device returns from the power saving mode to the connected state.
- the terminal device when the terminal device has data transmission or signaling transmission in the power saving mode, the terminal device may not need to wait for the time when the terminal device enters the power saving mode or the terminal device enters the connected state. The time point to the current time exceeds the second preset time, and the channel paging state is returned from the power saving mode.
- the terminal device when the terminal device has signaling transmission in the power saving mode, it is required to wait for the terminal device to enter the power saving mode or the time when the terminal device enters the connected state to the current time exceeds the second preset. At the time, the channel paging state is returned from the power saving mode.
- the signaling transmission may include: the transmission of the cell update signaling after the terminal device enters the connected state, specifically, when the terminal device enters the connected state, the foregoing timer T305 is started, if the terminal device is in the power saving mode The timer T305 expires, and the terminal device needs to perform cell update signaling transmission;
- the foregoing signaling transmission may further include: retransmission signaling after the terminal device is not in the service state, where the terminal device is not in the service state when the terminal device is in the power saving mode, that is, the terminal device may A timer T316 is started, and if the timer T316 times out, the terminal device needs to transmit signaling for reconnecting the network.
- the terminal device directly converts the terminal device from the power saving mode to the connected state by using the foregoing steps 102 and 103, and in the power saving mode, the terminal device retains the configuration of the access layer when in the connected state. Therefore, the terminal device can directly initiate transmission in the connected state, and in the prior art, the terminal device needs to enter the idle state from the PSM mode first, and then initiate the transmission in the idle state.
- the slave connection The process of initiating transmission will be less, and the transmission may be directly transmitted through the reserved RRC connection and the connection of the Iu interface, thereby saving RRC connection establishment, NAS signaling connection, authentication, and security authentication when the transmission is initiated from the idle state. And the process of activation of the PDP, the power consumption of the terminal device is reduced, and the purpose of the terminal device node is achieved.
- a state processing method for a terminal device is provided, which is mainly applied to a mobile network system in which the terminal device is located.
- the terminal device is generally connected to the core network through the access network, and the method in this embodiment Is a method performed by an access network device of a network where the terminal device is located, where access is
- the network device is a device deployed in the access network where the terminal device is located, such as an RNC.
- the flowchart of the method in this embodiment is as shown in FIG. 8 and includes:
- Step 201 The access network device of the network where the terminal device is located determines the first time information that the terminal device enters the power saving mode from the connected state, and the second time information that the terminal device returns to the connected state from the power saving mode, where the first time is The information and/or the second time information is sent to the terminal device.
- the access network device may actively determine the first time information and the second time information after the terminal device is connected to the network through the access network device, and send the information to the terminal device.
- the access network device needs to receive the first request message sent by the terminal device, where the first request message is used to request the access network device to configure the first time information and/or the second time. And the access network device finally determines the first time information and the second time information according to the first request message, and further sends the finally determined first time information and/or the second time information to the terminal device.
- Step 202 The access network device, according to the first time information and the second time information determined above, when the terminal device directly switches between the connected state and the power saving mode, the access network device also uses the first time information according to the foregoing The second time information synchronously determines the state of the terminal device.
- the access network device determines that the terminal device enters the power saving mode; when the terminal device enters the power saving mode or the time when the terminal device enters the connected state reaches the current time exceeds the second preset time The access network device determines that the terminal device returns the connected state from the power saving mode.
- the access network device can also determine that the state of the terminal device is returned to the connected state according to the initiated transmission.
- Step 203 According to the state of the terminal device determined in the foregoing step 202, when the terminal device enters the power saving mode from the connected state, the configuration of the access layer when the terminal device is in the connected state is retained; when the terminal device returns from the power saving mode In the state, the use of the configuration of the access layer is restored.
- the configuration of the access layer when the terminal device reserved by the access network device is in the connected state specifically includes packet data protocol activation information, authentication information, security authentication information, and access network equipment and core network of the network where the terminal device is located. Interface information between devices, etc.
- the configuration of the access layer may further include: information about any timer that is started when the terminal device is in the connected state.
- the access network device when the power saving mode of the terminal device includes the first power saving mode or the second power saving mode, the access network device periodically sends the paging when the terminal device is in the first power saving mode. The information is sent to the terminal device; when the terminal device is in the second power saving mode, the information is not sent to the terminal device.
- the core network device after the access network device determines that the terminal device enters the second power saving mode, and does not synchronize the state of the terminal device with the core network device, the core network device also sends information to the terminal device. After receiving the information sent by the core network device to the terminal device, the access network device sends a failure message to the core network device or does not send any response to the core network device.
- the core network device After the access network device determines that the terminal device enters the first power saving mode, and does not synchronize the state of the terminal device with the core network device, the core network device also sends information to the terminal device, when the access network device receives After the information sent by the core network device to the terminal device is sent, the terminal device sends a failure message to the core network device or does not send any response to the core network device if the cycle of the paging device does not arrive. If the cycle arrives, The paging information is sent to the terminal device.
- the terminal device can directly switch between the connection state and the power saving mode described in this embodiment.
- the access network device of the embodiment needs to be determined according to the first
- the time information and the second time information are used to determine the state of the terminal device synchronously, and the configuration of the access layer is reserved and restored, and other execution processes of the access network device may be processed according to the existing process, and no further description is provided herein. This makes it possible to achieve a direct conversion between the connected state and the power saving mode described in this embodiment by making small changes to the existing system.
- Embodiments 3 and 4 of the method of the present invention are identical to Embodiments 3 and 4 of the method of the present invention.
- the status processing methods of the terminal device include:
- A1 Determine the state of the terminal device, mainly when the terminal device is in the connected state and the power saving mode. When directly converting, the access network device also determines the state of the terminal device synchronously.
- the state of the terminal device is synchronized with the core network device, that is, the access network device synchronously notifies the state of the terminal device to the core network device.
- A3 According to the state of the terminal device determined in the foregoing step A1, when the terminal device enters the power saving mode from the connected state, the configuration of the access layer when the terminal device is in the connected state is retained; when the terminal device returns from the power saving mode to the connected state, Restore the use of the configuration of the access layer.
- the configuration of the access layer when the terminal device retained by the access network device is in the connected state may include: information about the connection of the radio resource control connection, and further, the configuration of the access layer may further include: packet data protocol activation. Information, authentication information, security authentication information, and interface information between the access network device and the core network device of the network where the terminal device is located.
- the configuration of the access layer may further include: information about any timer that is started when the terminal device is in the connected state.
- the power saving mode of the terminal device may include the first power saving mode or the second power saving mode
- the access network device when the terminal device is in the first power saving mode, the access network device not only needs to reserve the access layer. Configuration, and need to periodically send paging information to the terminal device; when the terminal device is in the second power saving mode, the access network device does not send information to the terminal device, but needs to reserve the configuration of the access layer That is, in the second power saving mode, the terminal device is unreachable to the network.
- the access network device may perform state synchronization between the terminal device and the core network device by using the following method embodiments, respectively:
- the third embodiment of the method of the present invention includes:
- Step 301 The access network device determines first time information that the terminal device enters the power saving mode from the connected state, and second state information of the connected state that is returned by the terminal device from the power saving mode.
- the foregoing first time information and the second time information may be negotiated between the terminal device and the core network device, or after the terminal device negotiates with the core network device, the terminal device or the core network device notifies the access network device, specifically
- the access network device receives the first request message sent by the terminal device, where the first request message is used to request the access network device to configure the first time information and/or the second time information; the access network device The first response message returned to the terminal device, where the first response message includes the first time information and/or the second time information.
- the access network device directly receives the first time information and/or the second time information sent by the terminal device or the core network device, the first time information and/or Or the second time information is negotiated by the core network device and the terminal device, and then sent to the access network device.
- Step 302 The access network device performs step 303 according to the first time information determined in the foregoing step 301, when it is determined that the terminal device enters the power saving mode from the connected state, and determines the terminal if the second time information is determined according to the foregoing step 301.
- step 304 is performed.
- the first time information and the second time information are the first preset time and the second preset time, respectively, when the terminal device enters the connected state, the time exceeds the first preset time, and Determining, by the uplink and downlink data, that the terminal device enters a power saving mode; when the terminal device enters the power saving mode or when the terminal device enters the connected state, the time to the current time exceeds the second pre-time When the time is set, it is determined that the terminal device returns the connected state from the power saving mode.
- Step 303 The state of the terminal device is synchronized between the access network device and the core network device. Specifically, the access network device sends the first state information to the core network device, where the first state information includes the terminal device to enter the power saving. Mode information. The access network device retains the configuration of the access layer when the terminal device is in the connected state.
- the first state information may further include period information of the terminal device to listen to the paging information, so that the core network device may use the period information according to the period information.
- the paging information may be periodically sent to the terminal device; or the access network device only includes the information that the terminal device enters the first power saving mode in the first state information, and The period information is already preset in the core network device, and the core network device may periodically send paging information to the terminal device when the terminal device is in the first power saving mode.
- Step 304 restoring the use of the configuration of the access layer.
- the terminal device can directly switch between the power saving mode and the connected state, and when entering the power saving mode from the connected state, the terminal device retains the configuration of the access layer in the connected state, and In this process, the access network device needs to send the first state information to the core network device, so that the core network device knows when to not page or send data to the terminal device, when is the periodic search Call the terminal device, which saves the signaling process of the core network device.
- the access network device can synchronize the state of the terminal device with the core network device in the following manners:
- the access network device determines that the terminal device enters the power saving mode from the connected state
- the second state information may be sent to the core network device, where the second state information includes: information that the terminal device leaves the power saving mode.
- the core network device can normally page or send data to the terminal device.
- the access network device may not send the information that the terminal device enters the power saving mode to the core network device, so that the core network device continues. Paging or sending data to the terminal device, and the information (including paging messages or data packets, etc.) sent by the core network device to the terminal device first passes through the access network device; when the access network device receives the information, The second state information is sent to the core network device, and the information included in the second state information indicates time information of the terminal device leaving the power saving mode.
- the access network device determines that the terminal device enters the power saving mode from the connected state, and then returns from the power saving mode to the connected state, the second state information is included, where the second state information is included.
- Information refers to information that the terminal device has left the power saving mode.
- the fourth state information may be sent to the core network device, where the fourth state information includes: information that the terminal device leaves the connected state.
- the terminal device leaving the connection state may be that the terminal device enters the power saving mode from the connected state, or enters the other state from the connected state, and the core network device determines, according to the fourth state information, that the terminal device enters the power saving mode from the connected state.
- the core network device determines, according to the fourth state information, that the terminal device enters the power saving mode from the connected state.
- other state specifically, when the terminal device enters the power saving mode or the time when the terminal device enters the connected state to the current time exceeds the second preset time, determining the terminal device enters the power saving mode.
- Embodiment 4 of the method of the present invention the method flow chart shown in Figure 10, comprising:
- Step 401 When determining the state of the terminal device, the access network device determines that the terminal device enters the connected state, and performs step 402.
- Step 402 The access network device sends the third state information to the core network device, where the third state information includes the information that the terminal device enters the connected state, where the third state information is used by the core network device to receive the first After the three-state information, according to the third state information, and the first time information that the terminal device enters the power-saving mode from the connected state, determining that the terminal device enters the power-saving mode, specifically, when the terminal device enters the connected state When the time exceeds the first preset time and there is no uplink and downlink data, it is determined that the terminal device enters the power saving mode.
- Step 403 the access network device according to the state of the terminal device synchronized with the terminal device, if When the terminal device enters the power saving mode from the connected state, the configuration of the access layer when the terminal device is in the connected state is reserved; when the terminal device returns from the power saving mode to the connected state, the use of the configuration of the access layer is restored.
- the access network device determines the first time information that the terminal device enters the power saving mode from the connected state, and the second time information of the connected state that the terminal device returns from the power saving mode.
- the access network device can determine, according to the first time information, when the terminal device enters the connected state, enter a power saving mode, determine, according to the second time information, when the terminal device leaves the power saving mode, and then access the network device.
- This step 403 can be performed.
- the foregoing first time information and the second time information may be negotiated between the terminal device and the core network device, or after the terminal device negotiates with the core network device, the terminal device notifies the access network device.
- the terminal device when the terminal device enters the connected state for more than the first preset time, and there is no uplink and downlink data, Determining that the terminal device enters the power saving mode; when the terminal device enters the power saving mode or the time when the terminal device enters the connected state to the current time exceeds the second preset time, determining that the terminal device returns from the power saving mode to the connected state .
- the terminal device can directly switch between the power saving mode and the connected state, and when entering the connected state and enter the power saving mode, the terminal device retains the configuration of the access layer in the connected state, and In this process, the access network device needs to send the third state information to the core network device, and the core network device does not page or send data to the terminal device or periodically when determining that the terminal device enters the power saving mode. Paging the terminal device, which saves the signaling process of the core network device.
- the access network device can synchronize the state of the terminal device with the core network device in the following manners:
- the second state information may be sent to the core network device, where the second state information includes information that the terminal device leaves the power saving mode.
- the access network device may not send the information that the terminal device has entered the power saving mode to the core network device, so that the core network device continues to search.
- Calling or sending data to the terminal device, and the information (including paging messages or data packets, etc.) sent by the core network device to the terminal device first passes through the access network device; when the access network device receives the information, it may send the first
- the second state information is given to the core network device, and the information in the second state information refers to Indicates the time information that the terminal device leaves the power saving mode.
- the access network device determines that the terminal device enters the power saving mode from the connected state, and then returns from the power saving mode to the connected state, the second state information is sent, where the second state information includes The information refers to the information that the terminal device has left the power saving mode.
- the access network device may further send the fourth state information to the core network device, where the fourth state information includes: information that the terminal device leaves the connected state, where The fourth state information is used by the core network device to determine, according to the fourth state information, that the terminal device enters the power saving mode or enters another state from the connected state.
- the terminal device leaving the connection state may mean that the terminal device enters the power saving mode from the connected state, or enters the other state from the connected state, and the core network device determines, according to the fourth state information, that the terminal device enters from the connected state.
- the power saving mode still enters other states.
- Embodiments 5 and 6 of the method of the present invention are identical to Embodiments 5 and 6 of the method of the present invention.
- the state processing method of the terminal device includes:
- B1 Synchronize the state of the terminal device with the access network device of the network where the terminal device is located, mainly when the terminal device directly converts between the connected state and the power saving mode, the access network device synchronizes the state of the terminal device. Give the core network device.
- the configuration of the connection of the terminal device retained by the core network device in the connection state may include: packet data protocol activation information, authentication information, security authentication information, or access network device and core network device of the network where the terminal device is located. Interface information, etc.
- the configuration of the access layer may further include: information about any timer that is started when the terminal device is in the connected state.
- the core network device when the power saving mode of the terminal device may include the first power saving mode or the second power saving mode, when the terminal device is in the first power saving mode, the core network device not only needs to reserve the connection configuration. And may also periodically send paging information to the terminal device; when the terminal device is in In the second power saving mode, the core network device does not send information to the terminal device, but needs to reserve the connection configuration, that is, in the second power saving mode, the terminal device is unreachable to the network.
- the core network device can perform state synchronization of the terminal device with the access network device by using the following method embodiments 5 and 6, respectively:
- the fifth embodiment of the method of the present invention includes:
- Step 501 When the core network device synchronizes the state of the terminal device with the access network device, the core network device receives the first state information sent by the access network device of the network where the terminal device is located, where the first state information includes the terminal device. Enter the information of the power saving mode.
- Step 502 The core network device determines, according to the first state information, that the terminal device enters a power saving mode, and retains a configuration in which the terminal device is connected in a connected state.
- the terminal device if the first state information received by the core network device refers to the information that the terminal device has entered the second power saving mode, the terminal device is unreachable, and the core network device may also be according to the first Status information, stopping paging or stopping sending data to the terminal device; if the first state information received by the core network device includes information indicating that the terminal device enters the power saving mode, and includes period information of the terminal device listening for paging information, If the terminal device enters the first power saving mode, the core network device may periodically page the terminal device according to the first state information; if the information in the first state information received by the core network device indicates When the terminal device enters the first power saving mode, the core network device periodically pages the terminal device according to the first state information and the preset period information.
- the terminal device can directly switch between the power saving mode and the connected state, and when entering the power saving mode from the connected state, the terminal device retains the configuration of the access layer in the connected state, and In this process, the access network device needs to send the first state information to the core network device, so that the core network device does not page or send data to the terminal device according to the first state information, or only periodically. Paging the terminal device, which saves the signaling process of the core network device.
- the core network device may also synchronize the state of the terminal device with the access network device in the following manners:
- the core network device receives the second state information sent by the access network device, where the second state information includes: information that the terminal device leaves the power saving mode, where the second state information is the terminal device After the connected state enters the power saving mode, the access network device sends; According to the second status information, it is determined that the terminal device returns to the paging entry state, then starts paging or starts transmitting data to the terminal device, and determines when to leave the power saving mode.
- the network device receives the information sent by the access network device.
- the second state information where the information included in the second state information indicates the time information of the terminal device leaving the power saving mode
- the core network device may determine, according to the second state information, that the terminal device leaves the In the power saving mode, normal paging starts or data transmission starts to the terminal device.
- the terminal device returns to the connection state from the power saving mode after entering the power saving mode
- the core network device receives the second state sent by the access network device.
- Information the information included in the second status information indicates that the terminal device has left the power saving mode.
- the access network device sends the fourth state information to the core network device, and the core network device receives the fourth state information sent by the access network device, where the fourth state information includes:
- the information that the terminal device leaves the connection state, where the terminal device leaves the connection state may specifically refer to the terminal device entering the power saving mode from the connected state, or the terminal device entering the other state from the connected state.
- the core network device can determine, according to the fourth state information, whether the terminal device enters the power saving mode or the other state from the connected state. Specifically, if the terminal device enters the connected state for more than the first preset time and does not go up and down.
- the terminal device When the data is determined, it is determined that the terminal device enters the power saving mode from the connected state; if the time when the terminal device enters the connected state does not exceed the first preset time, or exceeds the first preset time and there is uplink and downlink data, the terminal is determined.
- the time for stopping the terminal terminal device to enter the power saving mode is stopped, or the time from when the terminal device enters the connected state to the current time is stopped, and the fourth state may be determined according to the fourth state.
- the information performs operations of other states, such as starting a normal page or starting to send data to the terminal device.
- Embodiment 6 of the method of the present invention the method flow chart shown in Figure 12, comprising:
- Step 601 The core network device determines first time information that the terminal device enters the power saving mode from the connected state, and second state information of the connected state that is returned by the terminal device from the power saving mode.
- Step 602 When the state of the terminal device is synchronized between the core network device and the access network device, if the terminal device enters the connected state, the core network device receives the third state information sent by the access network device of the network where the terminal device is located, The third status information includes information that the terminal device enters the connected state.
- Step 603 The core network device determines, according to the third state information, the first time information that the terminal device enters the power saving mode from the connected state, determines that the terminal device enters the power saving mode, and retains the configuration of the terminal device connected in the connected state.
- Step 604 The core network device determines, according to the connection state second time information returned by the terminal device from the power saving mode, that the terminal device returns to the channel seeking state, and restores the use of the connected configuration.
- the first time information and the second time may be the first preset time and the second preset time, respectively, when the terminal device enters the connected state for more than the first preset time, and there is no uplink or downlink.
- the core network device determines that the terminal device enters the power saving mode; when the terminal device enters the power saving mode or the time when the terminal device enters the connected state to the current time exceeds the second preset time, the core network device It is determined that the terminal device returns from the power saving mode to the connected state.
- the terminal device can directly switch between the power saving mode and the connected state, and when entering the power saving mode from the connected state, the terminal device retains the configuration of the access layer in the connected state, and In this process, the access network device needs to send the third state information to the core network device, so that the core network device counts the time when the terminal device enters the connected state, and determines that the terminal device enters the power saving mode according to the timed time.
- this can save the signaling process of the core network device.
- the core network device may also synchronize the state of the terminal device with the access network device in the following manners:
- the core network device receives the second state information sent by the access network device, where the second state information includes: information that the terminal device leaves the power saving mode, where the second state information is the terminal device After the connection state enters the power saving mode, the access network device sends; if the core network device determines, according to the second state information, that the terminal device returns to the paging entry state, starts paging or starts sending data to the terminal device, Determine when to leave the power save mode.
- the network device receives the information sent by the access network device.
- the second state information where the information included in the second state information indicates the time information of the terminal device leaving the power saving mode
- the core network device may determine, according to the second state information, that the terminal device leaves the In the power saving mode, normal paging starts or data transmission starts to the terminal device.
- the terminal device enters the power saving mode from the connected state, it also goes from the power saving mode.
- the core network device receives the second state information sent by the access network device, and the information included in the second state information indicates that the terminal device has left the power saving mode.
- the access network device sends the fourth state information to the core network device, and the core network device receives the fourth state information sent by the access network device, where the fourth state information includes:
- the information that the terminal device leaves the connection state, where the terminal device leaves the connection state may specifically refer to the terminal device entering the power saving mode from the connected state, or the terminal device entering the other state from the connected state.
- the core network device can determine, according to the fourth state information, whether the terminal device enters the power saving mode or the other state from the connected state. Specifically, if the terminal device enters the connected state for more than the first preset time and does not go up and down.
- the terminal device When the data is determined, it is determined that the terminal device enters the power saving mode from the connected state; if the time when the terminal device enters the connected state does not exceed the first preset time, or exceeds the first preset time and there is uplink and downlink data, the terminal is determined.
- the time for stopping the terminal terminal device to enter the power saving mode is stopped, or the time from when the terminal device enters the connected state to the current time is stopped, and the fourth state may be determined according to the fourth state.
- the information performs operations of other states, such as starting a normal page or starting to send data to the terminal device.
- the access network device is an RNC
- the core network device is an SGSN
- the power saving mode of the terminal device is the foregoing. Two power saving modes.
- Embodiment 7 of the method of the present invention the method flow chart shown in FIG. 13 includes:
- Step 701 When the terminal device sends a NAS message, such as an attach request message, to the SGSN, or sends a TAU/RAU request message (Request Message), the first preset time and the second preset time recommended by the terminal device are carried in the message. Used to request the SGSN to configure these two times.
- a NAS message such as an attach request message
- TAU/RAU request message Request Message
- step 702 the SGSN carries the first preset time and/or the second preset time finally determined by the SGSN in the attach accept message or the TAU/RAU accept message.
- the terminal device can use Cell Update or Radio Channel Reconfiguration.
- the message sends the negotiated first preset time and the second preset time to the RNC; at the same time, the RNC also responds to the terminal device, and the RNC is Whether the function of direct connection between the connection state and the power saving mode is supported, only the terminal device and the RNC support the subsequent steps.
- the SGSN notifies the RNC of the negotiated first preset time and the second preset time.
- the RNC carries information about whether the RNC supports the function of directly connecting the connection state and the power saving mode in the system information block (SIB), and sends the information to the terminal device, which is executed only when supported.
- SIB system information block
- Step 703 When the terminal device enters the connected state, the timers T1 and T2 are started at the same time, and the timeout time is the first preset time and the second preset time respectively. If the timer T1 times out and there is no uplink and downlink data, the terminal The device enters the power-saving mode from the connected state. At this time, the terminal device is unreachable to the core network, that is, the core network device cannot page or cannot send data to the terminal device, and the configuration of the AS remains unchanged. The running timer continues to run, but the terminal device does not need to perform any connected tasks. If the timer T2 exceeds the time when the terminal device enters the connection state to the current time exceeds the second preset time, the terminal device returns from the power saving mode to the connected state.
- the terminal device when the terminal device is in the power saving mode, if there is data transmission or signaling transmission, the terminal device may end the power saving mode and enter the connected state, and initiate the transmission service from the connected state. In another case, when the terminal device is in the power saving mode, if there is signaling transmission, the terminal device waits for the timer T2 to time out before performing signaling transmission.
- the following describes the cell update operation when the terminal device enters the connected state by using the connection operation as an example.
- a timer T305 is started for periodic cell update in this state. specifically:
- T305 If the time of the timer T305 is less than the time of the timer T1, when the terminal device does not enter the power saving mode, the terminal device performs a cell update operation, so that the terminal device leaves the connected state and enters another state, so that the timer is caused. T1 terminates and the terminal device never enters power save mode.
- time of timer T305 is equal to the time of timer T1, T305 and T1 will time out at the same time, and the terminal device can only meet the action requirement of one timer. To ensure that the terminal device can enter the power-saving mode, the timer T305 is not timed out. Corresponding cell update behavior.
- time of the timer T305 is greater than the time of the timer T1 and less than the time of the timer T2, it indicates that the timer T305 times out after the terminal device enters the power saving mode, and the cell update operation needs to be performed.
- the device can immediately end the power saving mode to perform the cell update operation. Or the cell update operation is performed only when the timer T2 times out.
- the terminal device needs to perform a cell update operation each time it returns from the power saving mode to the connected state.
- step 704 the RNC notifies the SGSN of the information about the terminal device entering the connection state, and the SGSN starts the timing according to the first preset time and the second preset time negotiated in the foregoing steps 701 and 702. T1 and T2, if the terminal device does not have uplink and downlink data after the timer T1 expires, the SGSN stops paging or stops sending data to the terminal device, and starts to page or start transmitting data to the terminal when the timer T2 times out. device. Specifically, the RNC may notify the SGSN by using a DIRECT INFORMATION TRANSFER message, or may notify the SGSN by other messages such as a Location Report.
- the RNC sends the information that the terminal device leaves the connected state to the SGSN, so that the SGSN stops the operations of the timings T1 and T2. If the terminal device decides to end the power saving mode after the timer T1 expires and the timer T2 does not time out, the RNC sends the information about the terminal device leaving the power saving mode to the SGSN, so that the SGSN starts paging or starts sending data. To the terminal device.
- the direct information transmission message may include an information element (IE)/group name (Group Name), presence (Presence), cell type and reference (IE type and reference), and semantic description (Semantics description). , whether it is a criticality (Criticality) and a specified critical (Assigned Criticality) and other fields.
- the direct information transmission message may include the following message: Message Type, Inter-system Information Transfer Type, CN Domain Indicator, Global RNC Flag (Global) RNC-ID), the global core network identifier (Global CN-ID), the extended RNC identifier (Extended RNC-ID), and the terminal device enters or leaves the PCH state (Enter/Leave PCH state) and other cells.
- the “O” value of the “Entering or Leaving State” cell indicates that the terminal device enters the PCH state. In other cases, the value “1” may indicate that the terminal device enters the PCH state, and the value “0” indicates that the terminal device leaves the PCH. status.
- Embodiment 8 of the method of the present invention the method flow chart shown in Figure 14, comprising:
- Step 801 The terminal device sends an attach request or a TAU/RAU request message to the SGSN, where the second preset time is carried.
- Step 802 the SGSN returns an attach accept, or a TAU/RAU accept message to the terminal device, where The second preset time is finally determined.
- the terminal device may also send the second preset time to the RNC to determine that the RNC also supports the function of switching between the connected state and the power saving mode, and then performs the subsequent steps.
- the SGSN notifies the RNC of the negotiated second preset time.
- Step 803 When the terminal device enters the connected state, the timer T1 is started. When the timer T1 times out and there is no uplink and downlink data, the terminal device enters the power saving mode and starts the timer T2. If the timer T2 is exceeded (that is, the terminal device) When the time to enter the power saving mode exceeds the second preset time), the terminal device returns from the power saving mode to the connected state.
- the timeout period of the timer T2 is the second preset time negotiated in the foregoing steps 801 and 802.
- the timer T1 can be replaced by the timer T305, that is, when the terminal device enters the connected state, a timer T305 is started.
- the time of the timer T1 can also be negotiated according to the methods of steps 801 and 802 above to obtain the first preset time.
- the operation performed by the terminal device according to the relationship between the times of the timers T1, T2, and T305 is similar to that of the above-mentioned Embodiment 7, except that in the case of the above C, when the timer T305 is longer than the timing
- the corresponding operation is performed when the time of the timer T1 is less than the sum of the times of the timers T1 and T2; and in the case of the above D, when the time of the timer T305 is equal to the sum of the times of the timers T1 and T2 , perform the above corresponding operations.
- Step 804 while performing the above step 803, if the terminal device enters the power saving mode from the connected state, the RNC notifies the SGSN of the information that the terminal device enters the power saving mode, so that the SGSN stops paging or stops sending data to the terminal.
- the device, and the SGSN may start the timer T2 according to the negotiated second preset time. If the timer T2 times out, the SGSN starts paging or starts sending data to the terminal device.
- the RNC notifies the SGSN of the information that the terminal device leaves the power saving mode, so that the SGSN starts paging or starts sending data to the terminal device. .
- the RNC may send the status information to the SGSN by using a direct information transmission message or other message, where the structure of the direct information transmission message is similar to that in the foregoing Table 1, except that, in this embodiment, in the direct information transmission message.
- a direct information transmission message or other message where the structure of the direct information transmission message is similar to that in the foregoing Table 1, except that, in this embodiment, in the direct information transmission message.
- Embodiment 9 of the method of the present invention the method flow chart shown in Figure 15, comprising:
- Step 901 The terminal device sends an RRC message to the RNC, where the first preset time and the second preset time are carried, and the RRC message may be a Service Request or a Cell Update message.
- Step 902 The RNC returns the first determined preset time and the second preset time to the terminal device, where the RNC may be sent to the terminal device in a Cell Update Confirm message.
- the terminal device or the RNC sends the finally determined first preset time and the second preset time to the SGSN to complete the three-party negotiation.
- Step 903 When the terminal device enters the connected state, the timer T1 is started. When the timer T1 times out and there is no uplink and downlink data, the terminal device enters the power saving mode and starts the timer T2. If the timer T2 times out, the terminal device Return to the connected state from the power saving mode.
- the timeouts of the timers T1 and T2 are the first preset time and the second preset time, respectively.
- step 904 when the state of the terminal device is changed, the information notified by the RNC to the SGSN is similar to the foregoing step 604, and is not described herein.
- the RNSN may not notify the SGSN that the terminal device leaves the power saving mode without starting the timer T2. In this way, the SGSN can know when to start paging or start sending data to the terminal device.
- Embodiment 10 of the method of the present invention the method flow chart shown in Figure 16, comprising:
- Step 1001 The terminal device sends an RRC message to the RNC, where the first preset time and the second preset time are carried, and the RRC message may be a service request or a cell update message.
- Step 1002 The RNC returns the first determined preset time and the second preset time to the terminal device, where the RNC may be carried in the cell update confirmation message and sent to the terminal device.
- the terminal device sends the finally determined first preset time and the second preset time to the SGSN by the RNC to complete the three-party negotiation.
- Step 1003 When the terminal device enters the connected state, the timer T1 is started. When the timer T1 times out and there is no uplink and downlink data, the terminal device enters the power saving mode and starts the timer T2. If the timer T2 times out, the terminal device Return to the connected state from the power saving mode.
- the timeouts of the timers T1 and T2 are the first preset time and the second preset time, respectively.
- Step 1004 while performing the above step 1003, when the terminal device enters the power saving mode, the RNC does not send the information that the terminal device enters the power saving mode to the SGSN, so the SGSN still Paging or sending data to the terminal device; when the information sent by the SGSN to the terminal device reaches the RNC, the RNC notifies the SGSN of the time information that the terminal device leaves the power saving mode, so that the SGSN knows when to start paging or The data is sent to the terminal device, or the RNC does not notify the SGSN of the time information that the terminal device leaves the power saving mode, but sends a failure message to the SGSN or does not send any reply to the SGSN.
- the RNC notifies the SGSN of the information that the terminal device leaves the power saving mode, so that the SGSN starts paging or starts sending data to the terminal device. .
- the length of the discontinuous reception period in the first discontinuous reception technology is greater than the length of the discontinuous reception period in the second discontinuous reception technique, and the discontinuous reception in the second discontinuous reception technique
- the maximum length of the period is 5.12 seconds.
- the second discontinuous reception technology may be a normal discontinuous reception technology DRX.
- the maximum length of the discontinuous reception period may be 5.12 seconds.
- the first discontinuous reception may be performed.
- the technique may be an enhanced discontinuous technology eDRX, the length of the discontinuous reception period in the first discontinuous reception technique being greater than the length of the discontinuous reception period in the second discontinuous reception technique, for example, 40.96 seconds.
- the first discontinuous reception technology is different from the second discontinuous reception technology in that the UE calculates the paging occasion mechanism, and only the period of the discontinuous reception is lengthened.
- the paging occasion of the paged user equipment (assumed to be the UE) may be calculated:
- the paged can be calculated according to the following formula (1). Paging opportunity of the user equipment;
- n is the maximum value of n, and when n>m, PO>4095.
- PO is the paging occasion of the paged user equipment
- DRXcycle is the discontinuous reception period length of the paged user equipment
- K is the channel carrying the paging message in the cell.
- the number is % modulo operation.
- PBP is 1 and FO is 0.
- the core network device is used as the SGSN as an example, in practical applications. It can also be other core network elements, which are not limited here:
- an embodiment of a paging method in an embodiment of the present invention includes:
- the UE negotiates a first parameter with the SGSN, where the first parameter is used to determine a length of the discontinuous reception period in the first discontinuous reception technology;
- the length of the discontinuous reception period in the first discontinuous reception technique is greater than the length of the discontinuous reception period in the second discontinuous reception technique, and the maximum length of the discontinuous reception period in the second discontinuous reception technique The value is 5.12 seconds;
- the negotiation process may be completed by using a NAS message between the UE and the SGSN, specifically:
- the UE may send an attach request or a Route Area Update (RAU) request to the SGSN, where the request carries the suggested first parameter; after receiving the attach request or the routing area update request that carries the suggested first parameter, the SGSN The attach request or routing area update request carrying the configured first parameter may be returned to the UE to determine the first parameter.
- RAU Route Area Update
- the first parameter is a first discontinuous reception technology eDRX parameter for determining the length of the discontinuous reception period in the first discontinuous reception technique.
- the SGSN when the SGSN determines that the RAN supports the first discontinuous receiving technology, the SGSN sends the first parameter to the RAN through the Iub interface;
- the SGSN determines that the RAN supports the first discontinuous reception technology.
- the SGSN may determine that the RAN supports the first discontinuity by means of Iu interface signaling or manual configuration. There are many other ways to receive the technology, which is not limited here.
- the SGSN sends the first parameter to the RAN through the Iub interface.
- the SGSN may also pass the SGSN.
- the Iub interface sends a second parameter for determining the length of the discontinuous reception period in the second discontinuous reception technique to the RAN.
- the RAN calculates the third paging occasion by using the first discontinuous receiving technology according to the received first parameter.
- the RAN supports the first discontinuous receiving technology. After receiving the first parameter sent by the SGSN, the RAN calculates the third paging occasion by using the first discontinuous receiving technology according to the received first parameter.
- the RAN calculates the second non-continuous receiving technology based on the second parameter of the second discontinuous receiving technology that is sent by the SGSN.
- Four paging opportunities if the RAN does not support the first discontinuous receiving technology, the RAN calculates the second non-continuous receiving technology based on the second parameter of the second discontinuous receiving technology that is sent by the SGSN.
- the RAN indicates, by using a broadcast message, whether the RAN supports the first discontinuous receiving technology.
- the RAN when the RAN supports the first discontinuous receiving technology, the RAN may carry the first discontinuous receiving technology flag in the sent broadcast message;
- the first discontinuous reception technology indicator may be a first discontinuous reception technology indication, or may be a preset length discontinuous reception period, and the preset length is greater than the second discontinuous reception technology DRX
- the maximum value of the length of the continuous receiving period is 5.12 seconds.
- Other first non-continuous receiving technology flags may also be used, which are not limited herein.
- step 1704 can be performed after step 1701 and any time before step 1705, which is not limited herein.
- the UE determines, according to the broadcast message, that the RAN supports the first discontinuous receiving technology, the UE calculates the first paging by using the first discontinuous receiving technology according to the first parameter. opportunity;
- the UE may determine, according to the broadcast message, that the RAN supports the first discontinuous reception technology. Specifically, the UE may determine whether the first discontinuous reception technology identifier is carried in the broadcast message.
- the UE determines that the RAN supports the first discontinuous reception technology
- the UE determines that the RAN does not support the first discontinuous reception technology.
- the UE calculates the first paging occasion by using the first discontinuous reception technology according to the first parameter.
- the UE when the UE determines, according to the broadcast message, that the RAN does not support the first discontinuous connection, the UE may calculate the second paging occasion by using the second discontinuous reception technology.
- the UE and the RAN complete the paging according to the calculated paging occasion.
- the RAN may send a paging indication to the UE according to the calculated paging occasion, and the UE may listen to the paging indication sent by the RAN according to the calculated paging occasion, and complete the paging according to the calculated paging occasion.
- the network side calculates a paging occasion of the paged user equipment, and sends a paging indication to the paged user equipment at the paging occasion, where the paging indication carries the identifier of the paged user equipment and seeks Call data.
- the user equipment monitors a PICH (Page Indication Channel) and parses the paging indication value of the PICH channel, if the paging indication in the PICH channel is resolved If the value is 1, the user equipment receives the paging message, and determines whether the identifier of the user is the same as the identifier carried in the paging message. If the information is the same, the paging data is retained. If not, the paging data is discarded.
- PICH Peage Indication Channel
- the UE can automatically select whether to use the first discontinuous reception technology to calculate the paging occasion or the second discontinuous reception technology to calculate the paging according to whether the broadcast message sent by the RAN carries the first discontinuous reception technology flag. Timing improves the adaptability of the UE in network systems using different discontinuous reception technologies.
- the paging method in the embodiment of the present invention is described in the above, from the perspective of the signaling interaction of each device.
- another embodiment of the paging method in the embodiment of the present invention includes:
- the UE negotiates a first parameter with a core network device, where the first parameter is used to determine a length of a discontinuous reception period in the first discontinuous reception technology, and a length of the discontinuous reception period in the first discontinuous reception technology is greater than The length of the discontinuous reception period in the second discontinuous reception technique, and the maximum length of the discontinuous reception period in the second discontinuous reception technique is 5.12 seconds;
- step 1701 Similar to step 1701, it will not be described here.
- the UE receives a broadcast message sent by a radio access network RAN;
- the UE may receive a broadcast message sent by the RAN, where the broadcast message is used to indicate whether the RAN supports the first discontinuous reception technology.
- the UE may determine, according to the broadcast message, whether the RAN supports the first discontinuous reception technology
- step 1803 is performed;
- step 1804 is performed.
- the UE may determine whether the first discontinuous reception technology flag is carried in the broadcast message.
- the UE When determining to carry the first discontinuous reception technology flag, the UE determines that the RAN supports the first discontinuous reception technology
- the UE determines that the RAN does not support the first discontinuous reception technology.
- the UE determines, according to the broadcast message, that the RAN supports the first discontinuous receiving technology, the UE calculates the first paging by using the first discontinuous receiving technology according to the first parameter. opportunity;
- the first parameter is used to determine the length of the discontinuous reception period of the first discontinuous reception technology. After the UE determines the length of the discontinuous reception period, the first search may be calculated according to the above formula (1). Calling time.
- the UE uses the second discontinuous receiving technology to calculate a second paging occasion.
- steps 1803 and 1804 are performed according to actual conditions. Only one step will be executed.
- the UE listens to the paging indication sent by the RAN according to the calculated first paging occasion or the second paging occasion.
- the first discontinuous reception technology supports listening for paging indicators on multiple paging indicator channels, it is optional:
- the UE listens to the RAN according to the calculated second paging occasion on the first paging indicator channel. Paging instructions issued;
- the UE When the UE determines, according to the broadcast message, that the RAN supports the first discontinuous reception technology, the UE performs the first calculation on the second paging indicator channel or the first paging indicator channel. Paging opportunity to listen to a paging indication sent by the RAN, the second paging indicator channel and the The first page indicates that the channel is different.
- the UE may select to listen to the paging indicator sent by the RAN according to the calculated first paging occasion only on the first paging indicator channel. This is not a limitation.
- the UE can automatically select whether to use the first discontinuous reception technology to calculate the paging occasion or the second discontinuous reception technology to calculate the paging according to whether the broadcast message sent by the RAN carries the first discontinuous reception technology flag. Timing improves the adaptability of the UE in network systems using different discontinuous reception technologies.
- another embodiment of the paging method in the embodiment of the present invention includes:
- the RAN sends a broadcast message, where the broadcast message carries a first discontinuous reception technology identifier.
- the first discontinuous reception technology flag is used to indicate that the RAN supports a first discontinuous reception technology, and a length of the discontinuous reception period in the first discontinuous reception technology is greater than a discontinuity in the second discontinuous reception technology.
- the length of the receiving period, the maximum value of the length of the discontinuous receiving period in the second discontinuous receiving technique is 5.12 seconds;
- the first discontinuous reception technology indicator may be a first discontinuous reception technology indication, or may be a preset length discontinuous reception period, etc., the preset length is greater than 5.12 seconds, and other firsts may be adopted.
- the discontinuous reception technology logo is not limited herein.
- Step 1901 can be performed at any timing before step 1904, which is not limited herein.
- the RAN receives a first parameter sent by a core network device, where the first parameter is used to determine a length of a discontinuous reception period in the first discontinuous reception technology.
- the RAN calculates a paging occasion by using the first discontinuous receiving technology according to the first parameter.
- the RAN sends a paging indication to the UE at the calculated paging occasion.
- the RAN that supports the first discontinuous reception technology can inform the UE of its own capability by using the broadcast message, and the UE automatically selects to use the first discontinuous according to whether the broadcast message sent by the RAN carries the first discontinuous reception technology flag.
- Receive technology calculates paging occasions, or uses second non-connected Continued receiving technology to calculate the paging opportunity.
- another embodiment of the paging method in the embodiment of the present invention includes:
- the core network device negotiates a first parameter with the UE, where the first parameter is used to determine a length of a discontinuous reception period in the first discontinuous reception technology, and a length of the discontinuous reception period in the first discontinuous reception technology is greater than The length of the discontinuous reception period in the second discontinuous reception technique, and the maximum length of the discontinuous reception period in the second discontinuous reception technique is 5.12 seconds;
- step 1701 Similar to step 1701, it will not be described here.
- the core network device determines that the RAN supports the first discontinuous receiving technology, the core network device sends the first parameter to the RAN by using an Iub interface.
- the core network device can automatically select which parameters to send to the RAN according to whether the RAN supports the first discontinuous receiving technology, so that the paging occasions calculated by the UE and the RAN can coordinate with each other, and the UE is sent according to the RAN.
- the first discontinuous reception technology flag is carried in the broadcast message to automatically select whether to use the first discontinuous reception technology to calculate the paging occasion or the second discontinuous reception technique to calculate the paging occasion.
- the following describes the UE, the core network device, and the access network device in the RAN in the embodiment of the present invention:
- an embodiment of the UE in the embodiment of the present invention includes:
- a first negotiation module 2101 configured to negotiate a first parameter with a core network device, where the first parameter is used to determine a length of a discontinuous reception period in the first discontinuous reception technology, where the first discontinuous reception technology is discontinuous
- the length of the receiving period is greater than the length of the discontinuous receiving period in the second discontinuous receiving technique, and the maximum length of the discontinuous receiving period in the second discontinuous receiving technique is 5.12 seconds;
- the first receiving module 2102 is configured to receive a broadcast message sent by the RAN.
- a first calculating module 2103 configured to: when the RAN supports the first discontinuous receiving technology according to the broadcast message received by the first receiving module 2102, adopt the first discontinuity according to the first parameter Receiving technology calculates a first paging occasion;
- a second calculating module 2104 configured to: when the RAN does not support the first discontinuous receiving technology according to the broadcast message received by the first receiving module 2102, adopt the second discontinuous receiving Technical calculation of the second paging opportunity;
- the listening module 2105 is configured to listen to the paging indication sent by the RAN according to the calculated first paging occasion or the second paging occasion;
- the UE may further include:
- the determining module 2106 is configured to determine whether the first discontinuous reception technology flag is carried in the broadcast message.
- the first determining module 2107 is configured to: when the determining module 2106 determines to carry the first discontinuous receiving technology identifier, determine that the RAN supports the first discontinuous receiving technology;
- a second determining module 2108 configured to: when the determining module 2106 determines that the first discontinuous reception technology flag is not carried, determining that the RAN does not support the first discontinuous receiving technology;
- the listening module 2105 may specifically include:
- the first intercepting unit 21051 is configured to: when the RAN does not support the first discontinuous receiving technology according to the broadcast message, listen to the calculated second paging occasion on the first paging indicator channel. a paging indication sent by the RAN;
- a second intercepting unit 21052 configured to calculate, according to the broadcast message, that the RAN supports the first discontinuous receiving technology, on the second paging indicator channel or the first paging indicator channel
- the first paging occasion intercepts a paging indication sent by the RAN, and the second paging indication channel is different from the first paging indication channel.
- the first determining module 2107 and the second determining module 2108 can determine whether the RAN supports the first discontinuous receiving technology according to whether the broadcast message sent by the RAN carries the first discontinuous receiving technology flag, and the first calculating module 2103 And the second calculating module 2104 automatically selects whether to use the first discontinuous receiving technology to calculate the paging occasion according to whether the RAN supports the first discontinuous receiving technology, or uses the second discontinuous receiving technology to calculate the paging occasion, which improves the use of the UE by different Adaptability in network systems with discontinuous reception techniques.
- Another embodiment of the present invention provides a UE having a structure similar to that of the terminal device in FIG. 5, including: a memory, a processor, and a transceiver respectively connected to the bus, where:
- the memory is used to store information such as necessary files for storing the processor to process data, such as information such as a program code for the storage processor to execute the paging method of the embodiment shown in FIG. 18.
- a processor for calling program code stored in the memory to implement the following functions:
- a first parameter is negotiated with the core network device, where the first parameter is used to determine a length of a discontinuous reception period in the first discontinuous reception technology, and a length of the discontinuous reception period in the first discontinuous reception technology is greater than a second non- The length of the discontinuous reception period in the continuous reception technique, and the maximum value of the length of the discontinuous reception period in the second discontinuous reception technique is 5.12 seconds;
- the control transceiver listens to the paging indication sent by the RAN according to the calculated first paging occasion or the second paging occasion.
- the processor can also implement the following functions:
- the processor controls the transceiver to listen to the paging indication sent by the RAN according to the calculated first paging occasion or the second paging occasion, the following functions may be specifically implemented:
- the control transceiver monitors the RAN issued by the RAN according to the calculated second paging occasion on the first paging indicator channel.
- the paging occasion intercepts a paging indication sent by the RAN, and the second paging indication channel is different from the first paging indication channel.
- an embodiment of an access network device applied to a RAN in an embodiment of the present invention includes:
- the first sending module 2201 is configured to send a broadcast message, where the broadcast message carries a first discontinuous reception technology flag, where the first discontinuous reception technology flag is used to indicate that the RAN supports a discontinuous reception technique, wherein a length of the discontinuous reception period in the first discontinuous reception technique is greater than a length of a discontinuous reception period in the second discontinuous reception technique, and a discontinuous reception period in the second discontinuous reception technique
- the maximum value of the length is 5.12 seconds;
- the second receiving module 2202 is configured to receive a first parameter sent by the core network device, where the first parameter is used to determine a length of the discontinuous receiving period in the first discontinuous receiving technology;
- the second calculating module 2203 is configured to calculate a third paging occasion by using the first discontinuous receiving technology according to the first parameter received by the second receiving module 2202;
- the second sending module 2204 is configured to send a paging indication to the UE at the third paging occasion calculated by the second calculating module 2203.
- the first discontinuous reception technology indicator is a first discontinuous reception technology indicator, or a preset length non-continuous reception period, where the preset length is greater than 5.12 seconds, which is not limited herein.
- the RAN that supports the first discontinuous reception technology can send a broadcast message to the UE by using the first sending module 2201 to enable the UE to automatically carry the first discontinuous reception technology flag according to the broadcast message sent by the RAN.
- the purpose of calculating the paging occasion using the first discontinuous reception technique or the second discontinuous reception technique is to calculate the paging occasion.
- an access network device which has a structure similar to that of the terminal device in FIG. 5, and includes: a memory, a processor, and a transceiver respectively connected to the bus, where:
- the memory is used to store information such as necessary files for storing the processor to process data, such as information such as a program code for the storage processor to execute the paging method of the embodiment shown in FIG.
- a processor for calling program code stored in the memory to implement the following functions:
- the control transceiver sends a broadcast message, where the broadcast message carries a first discontinuous reception technology flag, where the first discontinuous reception technology flag is used to indicate that the RAN supports a first discontinuous reception technology, the first non- The length of the discontinuous reception period in the continuous reception technique is greater than the length of the discontinuous reception period in the second discontinuous reception technique, and the maximum length of the discontinuous reception period in the second discontinuous reception technique is 5.12 seconds;
- the control transceiver sends a paging indication to the UE at the calculated third paging occasion.
- an embodiment of a core network device in an embodiment of the present invention includes:
- the second negotiation module 2301 is configured to negotiate, with the UE, a first parameter, where the first parameter is used to determine a length of a discontinuous reception period in the first discontinuous reception technology, and a discontinuous reception period in the first discontinuous reception technology
- the length of the discontinuous reception period is greater than the length of the discontinuous reception period in the second discontinuous reception technique, and the maximum length of the discontinuous reception period in the second discontinuous reception technique is 5.12 seconds.
- the third sending module 2302 is configured to: when determining that the RAN supports the first discontinuous receiving technology, send the first parameter to the RAN by using an Iub interface.
- the third sending module 2302 is specifically configured to: when the RAN supports the first discontinuous receiving technology by using Iu interface signaling, or manually configuring, sending the first parameter by using an Iub interface. Give the RAN.
- the third sending module 2302 after determining that the RAN supports the first discontinuous receiving technology, the third sending module 2302 automatically selects to send the first parameter to the RAN, so that the paging occasions calculated by the UE and the RAN can coordinate with each other, and the UE is implemented according to the RAN. Whether the first discontinuous reception technology flag is carried in the transmitted broadcast message to automatically select whether to use the first discontinuous reception technology to calculate the paging occasion or the second discontinuous reception technique to calculate the paging occasion.
- FIG. 5 Another embodiment of the present invention provides a core network device, which has a structure similar to that of the terminal device in FIG. 5, and includes: a memory, a processor, and a transceiver respectively connected to the bus, where:
- the memory is used to store information such as necessary files for storing the processor to process data, such as information such as a program code for the storage processor to execute the paging method of the embodiment shown in FIG.
- a processor for calling program code stored in the memory to implement the following functions:
- the control transceiver negotiates a first parameter with the UE, where the first parameter is used to determine a length of a discontinuous reception period in the first discontinuous reception technique, and a length of the discontinuous reception period in the first discontinuous reception technique is greater than a second The length of the discontinuous reception period in the discontinuous reception technique, and the maximum length of the discontinuous reception period in the second discontinuous reception technique is 5.12 seconds;
- the control transceiver transmits the first parameter to the RAN through an Iub interface.
- the processor when the processor implements the function of determining that the RAN supports the first discontinuous receiving technology, the following functions may be specifically implemented:
- the program may be stored in a computer readable storage medium, and the storage medium may include: ROM, RAM, disk or CD.
Landscapes
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
- Signal Processing (AREA)
- Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)
Abstract
一种传输发起方法、系统及终端设备的状态处理方法和相关设备,应用于通信技术领域。一种传输发起的方法包括:终端设备获取终端设备从连接态进入省电模式的第一时间信息,及终端设备从省电模式返回连接态的第二时间信息;终端设备根据第一时间信息,从连接态转换到省电模式,保留终端设备在连接态时接入层的配置;终端设备根据第二时间信息,从省电模式转换到连接态,根据保留的接入层的配置发起传输。实现了终端设备从连接态直接进入省电模式发送传输。
Description
本申请要求于2014年9月30日提交中国专利局、申请号为PCT/CN2014/088033、发明名称为“传输发起方法、系统及终端设备的状态处理方法和相关设备”的PCT专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。
本发明涉及通信技术领域,特别涉及传输发起方法、系统及终端设备的状态处理方法和相关设备。
终端设备的能量消耗对使用电池的终端设备非常重要,比如在一些场景中,数量庞大的机器类型的通信(Machine Type Communication,MTC)设备(比如传感器)使用电池工作,现场电池更换(或充电)是一个非常大的开销,如果这些MTC设备没有预知到充电或更换电池,电池的使用寿命甚至会决定MTC设备的使用寿命。
基于此,第三代合作伙伴计划(Third Generation Partnership Project,3GPP)提出了终端设备的省电模式(Power saving Mode,PSM),当终端设备在处于空闲(idle)状态一段时间后就会进入PSM模式,在这种模式下,终端设备会完全关闭射频模块,从而节省电池消耗,提高终端设备的使用寿命。
现有技术中,终端设备从PSM模式到传输数据状态所需的时间较长,具体地,终端设备先从PSM模式进入到空闲状态,然后终端设备在空闲状态发起业务时,需要经过无线资源控制(Radio Resource Control,RRC)连接建立,非接入层(Non-Access Stratum,NAS)信令连接建立,鉴权,安全认证,分组数据协议(Packet Data Protocol,PDP)激活,无线接入承载(Radio Access Bearer,RAB)连接建立和信道重配等较多的过程,这样终端设备的耗能也较多。
发明内容
本发明实施例提供传输发起方法、系统及终端设备的状态处理方法和相关设备,实现了终端设备从省电模式与连接态之间的直接转换,从而降低了终端设备的耗能。
本发明实施例第一方面提供一种终端设备,包括:
参数获取单元,用于获取所述终端设备从连接态进入省电模式的第一时间信息,及所述终端设备从所述省电模式返回连接态的第二时间信息;
状态转换单元,用于根据所述第一时间信息,从连接态转换到省电模式,根据所述第二时间信息,从所述省电模式转换到所述连接态;
省电模式单元,用于当所述状态转换单元将所述终端设备在所述省电模式下,保留所述终端设备在所述连接态时接入层的配置;
传输发起单元,用于当所述状态转换单元将所述终端设备从所述省电模式返回所述连接态,根据所述省电模式单元保留的所述接入层的配置发起传输。
本发明实施例第一方面的第一种可能实现方式中:
所述参数获取单元,具体用于向网络设备发送请求消息,所述请求消息用于请求所述网络设备配置所述第一时间信息和/或第二时间信息;接收所述网络设备返回的响应消息,所述响应消息中包括所述第一时间信息和/或第二时间信息;所述网络设备为所述终端设备所在网络的接入网设备,或核心网设备。
结合本发明实施例第一方面,或第一方面的第一种可能实现方式,在本发明实施例第一方面的第二种可能实现方式中:
所述参数获取单元获取的第一时间信息和第二时间信息分别为第一预置时间和第二预置时间;
所述状态转换单元,具体用于当所述终端设备进入所述连接态的时间超过第一预置时间,且没有上下行数据时,进入省电模式;当所述终端设备进入所述省电模式的时间或所述终端设备进入所述连接态的时间点到当前时刻的时间超过第二预置时间时,从所述省电模式返回所述连接态。
结合本发明实施例第一方面,或第一方面的第一种到第二种可能实现方式中任一种可能实现方式,在本发明实施例第一方面的第三种可能实现方式中,所述省电模式单元保留的所述终端设备在所述连接态时接入层的配置,具体包括:无线资源控制RRC连接的信息。
结合本发明实施例第一方面,或第一方面的第一种到第三种可能实现方式中任一种可能实现方式,在本发明实施例第一方面的第四种可能实现方式中,所述状态转换单元,还用于当所述终端设备在所述省电模式下有数据传输或信
令传输时,从所述省电模式返回所述信道寻呼状态。
结合本发明实施例第一方面,或第一方面的第一种到第四种可能实现方式中任一种可能实现方式,在本发明实施例第一方面的第五种可能实现方式中,所述省电模式包括第一省电模式或第二省电模式,则:
所述省电模式单元,还用于在所述第一省电模式下,周期性地监听寻呼信息,则状态转换单元,还用于当所述终端设备在所述第一省电模式下,且当所述省电模式单元监听的所述寻呼信息指示有数据传输时,从所述第一省电模式转换到所述连接态;
或,
所述省电模式单元,具体用于在所述第二省电模式下,不监听寻呼信息。
本发明实施例第二方面提供一种接入网设备,包括:
参数协商单元,用于确定所述终端设备从连接态进入省电模式的第一时间信息,及所述终端设备从所述省电模式返回连接态的第二时间信息,将所述第一时间信息和/或第二时间信息发送给所述终端设备;
状态同步单元,用于根据所述参数协商单元确定的第一时间信息和第二时间信息,确定所述终端设备的状态;
状态操作单元,用于根据所述状态同步单元确定的终端设备的状态,当所述终端设备从连接态进入所述省电模式时,保留所述终端设备在所述连接态时接入层的配置;当所述终端设备从所述省电模式返回连接态时,恢复所述接入层的配置的使用。
在本发明实施例第二方面的第一种可能实现方式中:
所述参数协商单元确定的第一时间信息和第二时间信息分别为第一预置时间和第二预置时间;
所述状态同步单元,具体用于当所述终端设备进入连接态的时间超过所述第一预置时间,且没有上下行数据时,确定所述终端设备进入省电模式;当所述终端设备进入所述省电模式的时间或所述终端设备进入所述连接态的时间点到当前时刻的时间超过第二预置时间时,确定所述终端设备从所述省电模式返回所述连接态。
结合本发明实施例第二方面,或第二方面的第一种可能实现方式,在本发
明实施例第二方面的第二种可能实现方式中,所述状态操作单元保留的所述终端设备在所述连接态时接入层的配置,具体包括:无线资源控制RRC连接的信息。
结合本发明实施例第二方面,或第二方面的第一种到第二种可能实现方式中任一种可能实现方式,在本发明实施例第二方面的第三种可能实现方式中,所述省电模式包括第一省电模式或第二省电模式,则:
所述状态操作单元,还用于当所述终端设备在所述第一省电模式时,周期性地发送寻呼信息给所述终端设备;或,所述状态操作单元,还用于当所述终端设备在所述第二省电模式时,不发送信息给所述终端设备。
本发明实施例第三方面提供一种接入网设备,包括:
第一状态同步单元,用于确定终端设备的状态;
第二状态同步单元,用于根据所述第一状态同步单元确定的所述终端设备的状态,与核心网设备之间进行所述终端设备的状态同步;
状态处理单元,用于根据所述第一状态同步单元确定的所述终端设备,当所述终端设备从连接态进入省电模式时,保留所述终端设备在所述连接态时接入层的配置;当所述终端设备从所述省电模式返回连接态时,恢复所述接入层的配置的使用。
在本发明实施例第三方面的第一种可能实现方式中,所述接入网设备还包括:
参数确定单元,用于确定所述终端设备从连接态进入省电模式的第一时间信息,及所述终端设备从所述省电模式返回的连接态第二时间信息。
结合本发明实施例第三方面的第一种可能实现方式,在本发明实施例第三方面的第二种可能实现方式中:
所述参数确定单元确定的第一时间信息和第二时间信息分别为第一预置时间和第二预置时间;
所述第一状态同步单元,具体用于当所述终端设备进入连接态的时间超过所述第一预置时间,且没有上下行数据时,确定所述终端设备进入省电模式;当所述终端设备进入所述省电模式的时间或所述终端设备进入所述连接态的时间点到当前时刻的时间超过第二预置时间时,确定所述终端设备从所述省电
模式返回所述连接态。
结合本发明实施例第三方面,或第三方面的第一种到第二种可能实现方式中任一种可能实现方式,在本发明实施例第三方面的第三种可能实现方式中:
所述第一状态同步单元,用于确定所述终端设备进入连接态;
所述第二状态同步单元,用于当所述第一状态同步单元确定所述终端设备进入连接态时,将第三状态信息发送给所述核心网设备,所述第三状态信息中包括:所述终端设备进入所述连接态的信息;所述第三状态信息,用于所述核心网设备根据所述第三状态信息,及终端设备从连接态进入所述省电模式的第一时间信息,确定所述终端设备进入省电模式。
结合本发明实施例第三方面,或第三方面的第一种到第二种可能实现方式中任一种可能实现方式,在本发明实施例第三方面的第四种可能实现方式中:
所述第一状态同步单元,用于确定所述终端设备从连接态进入省电模式;
所述第二状态同步单元,用于当所述第一状态同步单元确定所述终端设备从连接态进入省电模式后,将第一状态信息发送给核心网设备,所述第一状态信息中包括所述终端设备进入所述省电模式的信息。
结合本发明实施例第三方面,或第三方面的第一种到第四种可能实现方式中任一种可能实现方式,在本发明实施例第三方面的第五种可能实现方式中:
所述第二状态同步单元,具体用于当所述第一状态确定单元确定所述终端设备从所述连接态进入所述省电模式后,发送第二状态信息给所述核心网设备,所述第二状态信息中包括所述终端设备离开所述省电模式的信息。
结合本发明实施例第三方面,或第三方面的第一种到第五种可能实现方式中任一种可能实现方式,在本发明实施例第三方面的第六种可能实现方式中:
所述第二状态同步单元,还用于当所述第一状态同步单元确定所述终端设备离开所述连接态时,将第四状态信息发送给所述核心网设备,所述第四状态信息中包括:所述终端设备离开所述连接态的信息,所述第四状态信息,用于所述核心网设备根据所述第四状态信息,确定所述终端设备从所述连接态进入所述省电模式或进入其它状态。
结合本发明实施例第三方面,或第三方面的第一种到第六种可能实现方式中任一种可能实现方式,在本发明实施例第三方面的第七种可能实现方式中,
所述配置处理单元保留的所述终端设备在所述连接态时接入层的配置,具体包括:无线资源控制RRC连接的信息。
结合本发明实施例第三方面,或第三方面的第一种到第七种可能实现方式中任一种可能实现方式,在本发明实施例第三方面的第八种可能实现方式中,所述省电模式包括第一省电模式或第二省电模式,则:
所述状态处理单元,还用于当所述终端设备在所述第一省电模式时,周期性地发送寻呼信息给所述终端设备;或,所述状态处理单元,还用于当所述终端设备在所述第二省电模式时,不发送信息给所述终端设备。
本发明实施例第四方方面提供一种核心网设备,包括:
同步单元,用于与终端设备所在网络的接入网设备之间进行所述终端设备的状态同步;
处理单元,用于根据所述同步单元同步的所述终端设备的状态,当所述终端设备从连接态进入所述省电模式时,保留所述终端设备在所述连接态时连接的配置;当所述终端设备从所述省电模式返回连接态时,恢复所述连接的配置的使用。
本发明实施例第四方面的第一种可能实现方式中,所述核心网设备还包括:
参数确定单元,用于确定所述终端设备从连接态进入省电模式的第一时间信息,及所述终端设备从所述省电模式返回的连接态第二时间信息。
结合本发明实施例第四方面的第一种可能实现方式,在本发明实施例第四方面的第二种可能实现方式中:
所述参数确定单元确定的第一时间信息和第二时间信息分别为第一预置时间和第二预置时间;
所述同步单元,具体用于当所述终端设备进入连接态的时间超过所述第一预置时间,且没有上下行数据时,确定所述终端设备进入省电模式;当所述终端设备进入所述省电模式的时间或所述终端设备进入所述连接态的时间点到当前时刻的时间超过第二预置时间时,确定所述终端设备从所述省电模式返回所述连接态。
结合本发明实施例第四方面,或第四方面的第一种到第二种可能实现方式
中任一可能实现方式,在本发明实施例第四方面的第三种可能实现方式中:
所述同步单元,用于接收所述接入网设备发送的第三状态信息,所述第三状态信息中包括所述终端设备进入所述连接态的信息;根据所述第三状态信息,及所述终端设备从所述连接态进入所述省电模式的第一时间信息,确定所述终端设备进入所述省电模式。
结合本发明实施例第四方面,或第四方面的第一种到第二种可能实现方式中任一种可能实现方式,在本发明实施例第四方面的第四种可能实现方式中:
所述同步单元,具体用于如果终端设备从连接态进入省电模式后,接收终端设备所在网络的接入网设备发送的第一状态信息,所述第一状态信息中包括所述终端设备进入省电模式的信息。
结合本发明实施例第四方面,或第四方面的第一种到第四种可能实现方式中任一种可能实现方式,在本发明实施例第四方面的第五种可能实现方式中:
所述状态同步单元,具体用于如果终端设备从所述连接态进入所述省电模式后,接收到所述接入网设备发送的所述第二状态信息,所述第二状态信息中包括所述终端设备离开所述省电模式的信息。
结合本发明实施例第四方面,或第四方面的第一种到第五种可能实现方式中任一种可能实现方式,在本发明实施例第四方面的第六种可能实现方式中:
所述同步单元,具体用于接收所述接入网设备发送的第四状态信息,所述第四状态信息是当所述终端设备离开所述连接态时所述接入网设备发送的,所述第四状态信息中包括:所述终端设备离开所述连接态的信息;根据所述第四状态信息,确定所述终端设备从所述连接态进入所述省电模式或其它状态。
结合本发明实施例第四方面,或第四方面的第一种到第六种可能实现方式中任一种可能实现方式,在本发明实施例第四方面的第七种可能实现方式中,所述处理单元保留的所述终端设备在所述连接态时连接的配置,具体包括:分组数据协议PDP激活信息,鉴权信息,安全认证信息,或所述终端设备所在网络的接入网设备与核心网设备之间的接口信息。
结合本发明实施例第四方面,或第四方面的第一种到第七种可能实现方式中任一种可能实现方式,在本发明实施例第四方面的第八种可能实现方式中,所述省电模式包括第一省电模式或第二省电模式,则:
所述处理单元,还用于当所述终端设备在所述第一省电模式时,周期性地发送寻呼信息给所述终端设备;或,所述省电操作单元,还用于当所述终端设备在所述第二省电模式时,不发送信息给所述终端设备。
本发明实施例第五方面提供一种传输发起方法,包括:
终端设备获取所述终端设备从连接态进入省电模式的第一时间信息,及所述终端设备从所述省电模式返回连接态的第二时间信息;
所述终端设备根据所述第一时间信息,从连接态转换到省电模式,保留所述终端设备在所述连接态时接入层的配置;
所述终端设备根据所述第二时间信息,从所述省电模式转换到所述连接态,根据保留的所述接入层的配置发起传输。
本发明实施例第五方面的第一种可能实现方式中,所述第一时间信息和第二时间信息分别为第一预置时间和第二预置时间;
所述终端设备根据所述第一时间信息,从连接态换到省电模式,具体包括:当所述终端设备进入所述连接态的时间超过第一预置时间,且没有上下行数据时,进入省电模式;
所述终端设备根据所述第二时间信息,从所述省电模式转换到所述连接态,具体包括:当所述终端设备进入所述省电模式的时间或所述终端设备进入所述连接态的时间点到当前时刻的时间超过第二预置时间时,从所述省电模式返回所述连接态。
结合本发明实施例第五方面,或第五方面的第一种可能实现方式,在本发明实施例第五方面的第二种可能实现方式中,所述方法还包括:
当所述终端设备在所述省电模式下有数据传输或信令传输时,从所述省电模式返回所述信道寻呼状态。
结合本发明实施例第五方面,或第五方面的第一种或第二种可能实现方式,在本发明实施例第五方面的第三种可能实现方式中,所述省电模式包括第一省电模式或第二省电模式,则所述方法还包括:
所述终端设备在所述第一省电模式下,周期性地监听寻呼信息,当监听的所述寻呼信息指示有数据传输时,从所述第一省电模式转换到所述连接态;
或,
所述终端设备在所述第二省电模式下,不监听寻呼信息。
本发明实施例第六方面提供一种终端设备的状态处理方法,包括:
终端设备所在网络的接入网设备确定所述终端设备从连接态进入省电模式的第一时间信息,及所述终端设备从所述省电模式返回连接态的第二时间信息;
所述接入网设备根据所述第一时间信息和第二时间信息,确定所述终端设备的状态;
所述接入网设备根据终端设备的状态,当所述终端设备从连接态进入所述省电模式时,保留所述终端设备在所述连接态时接入层的配置;当所述终端设备从所述省电模式返回连接态时,恢复所述接入层的配置的使用。
在本发明实施例第六方面的第一种可能实现方式中,所述第一时间信息和第二时间信息分别为第一预置时间和第二预置时间;
所述接入网设备根据所述第一时间信息和第二时间信息,与所述终端设备之间进行所述终端设备的状态同步,具体包括:当所述终端设备进入连接态的时间超过所述第一预置时间,且没有上下行数据时,确定所述终端设备进入省电模式;当所述终端设备进入所述省电模式的时间或所述终端设备进入所述连接态的时间点到当前时刻的时间超过第二预置时间时,确定所述终端设备从所述省电模式返回所述连接态。
结合本发明实施例第六方面,或第六方面的第一种可能实现方式,在本发明实施例第六方面的第二种可能实现方式中,所述省电模式包括第一省电模式或第二省电模式,则所述方法还包括:
所述接入网设备在所述终端设备处于所述第一省电模式时,周期性地发送寻呼信息给所述终端设备;或,所述接入网设备在所述终端设备处于所述第二省电模式时,不发送信息给所述终端设备。
本发明实施例第七方面提供一种终端设备的状态处理方法,包括:
终端设备所在网络的接入网设备确定所述终端设备的状态;
所述接入网设备根据所述终端设备状态,与核心网设备之间进行所述终端设备的状态同步;
所述接入网设备根据所述终端设备的状态,当所述终端设备从连接态进入
省电模式时,保留所述终端设备在所述连接态时接入层的配置;当所述终端设备从所述省电模式返回连接态时,恢复所述接入层的配置的使用。
在本发明实施例第七方面的第一种可能实现方式中,所述方法还包括:
所述接入网设备确定所述终端设备从连接态进入省电模式的第一时间信息,及所述终端设备从所述省电模式返回的连接态第二时间信息;
所述接入网设备确定所述终端设备的状态,具体包括:根据所述第一时间信息和第二时间信息,确定所述终端设备的状态。
结合本发明实施例第七方面的第一种可能实现方式,在本发明实施例第七方面的第二种可能实现方式中,所述第一时间信息和第二时间信息分别为第一预置时间和第二预置时间;
所述接入网设备确定所述终端设备的状态,具体包括:当所述终端设备进入连接态的时间超过所述第一预置时间,且没有上下行数据时,确定所述终端设备进入省电模式;当所述终端设备进入所述省电模式的时间或所述终端设备进入所述连接态的时间点到当前时刻的时间超过第二预置时间时,确定所述终端设备从所述省电模式返回所述连接态。
结合本发明实施例第七方面,或第七方面的第一种到第二种可能实现方式中任一种可能实现方式,在本发明实施例第七方面的第三种可能实现方式中:
所述接入网设备确定所述终端设备的状态,具体包括:确定所述终端设备进入连接态;
所述接入网设备根据所述终端设备的状态,与核心网设备之间进行所述终端设备的状态同步,具体包括:将第三状态信息发送给所述核心网设备,所述第三状态信息中包括:所述终端设备进入所述连接态的信息;所述第三状态信息,用于所述核心网设备根据所述第三状态信息,及终端设备从连接态进入所述省电模式的第一时间信息,确定所述终端设备进入省电模式。
结合本发明实施例第七方面,或第七方面的第一种到第三种可能实现方式中任一种可能实现方式,在本发明实施例第七方面的第四种可能实现方式中:
所述接入网设备与终端设备之间进行所述终端设备的状态同步,具体包括:确定所述终端设备从连接态进入省电模式;
所述接入网设备根据所述终端设备的状态,与核心网设备之间进行所述终
端设备的状态同步,具体包括:将第一状态信息发送给核心网设备,所述第一状态信息中包括所述终端设备进入所述省电模式的信息。
结合本发明实施例第七方面,或第七方面的第一种到第四种可能实现方式中任一种可能实现方式,在本发明实施例第七方面的第五种可能实现方式中,所述接入网设备根据所述终端设备的状态,与核心网设备之间进行所述终端设备的状态同步,包括:当所述终端设备从连接态进入省电模式后,发送第二状态信息给核心网设备,所述第二状态信息中包括所述终端设备离开所述省电模式的信息。
结合本发明实施例第七方面,或第七方面的第一种到第五种可能实现方式中任一种可能实现方式,在本发明实施例第七方面的第六种可能实现方式中:
所述接入网设备根据所述终端设备的状态,与核心网设备之间进行所述终端设备的状态同步,具体包括:当确定所述终端设备离开所述连接态时,将第四状态信息发送给所述核心网设备,所述第四状态信息中包括:所述终端设备离开所述连接态的信息,所述第四状态信息,用于所述核心网设备根据所述第四状态信息,确定所述终端设备从所述连接态进入所述省电模式或进入其它状态。
结合本发明实施例第七方面,或第七方面的第一种到第六种可能实现方式中任一种可能实现方式,在本发明实施例第七方面的第七种可能实现方式中:所述省电模式包括第一省电模式或第二省电模式,则所述方法还包括:
所述接入网设备在所述终端设备处于所述第一省电模式时,周期性地发送寻呼信息给所述终端设备;或,所述接入网设备在所述终端设备处于所述第二省电模式时,不发送信息给所述终端设备。
本发明实施例第八方面提供一种终端设备的状态处理方法,包括:
核心网设备与终端设备所在网络的接入网设备之间进行所述终端设备的状态同步;
所述核心网设备根据所述终端设备的状态,当所述终端设备从连接态进入所述省电模式时,保留所述终端设备在所述连接态时连接的配置;当所述终端设备从所述省电模式返回连接态时,恢复所述连接的配置的使用。
本发明实施例第八方面的第一种可能实现方式中,所述方法还包括:
所述核心网设备确定所述终端设备从连接态进入省电模式的第一时间信息,及所述终端设备从所述省电模式返回的连接态第二时间信息;
所述核心网设备与终端设备所在网络的接入网设备之间进行所述终端设备的状态同步,具体包括:核心网设备根据所述第一时间信息和第二时间信息,与终端设备所在网络的接入网设备之间进行所述终端设备的状态同步。
结合本发明实施例第八方面的第一种可能实现方式,在本发明实施例第八方面的第二种可能实现方式中,所述第一时间信息和第二时间信息分别为第一预置时间和第二预置时间;
所述核心网设备与终端设备所在网络的接入网设备之间进行所述终端设备的状态同步,具体包括:
当所述终端设备进入连接态的时间超过所述第一预置时间,且没有上下行数据,确定所述终端设备进入省电模式;当所述终端设备进入所述省电模式的时间或所述终端设备进入所述连接态的时间点到当前时刻的时间超过第二预置时间时,确定所述终端设备从所述省电模式返回所述连接态。
结合本发明实施例第八方面,或第八方面的第一种到第二种可能实现方式中任一可能实现方式,在本发明实施例第八方面的第二种可能实现方式中:
所述核心网设备与终端设备所在网络的接入网设备之间进行所述终端设备的状态同步,具体包括:接收所述接入网设备发送的第三状态信息,所述第三状态信息中包括所述终端设备进入所述连接态的信息;根据所述第三状态信息,及所述终端设备从所述连接态进入所述省电模式的第一时间信息,确定所述终端设备进入所述省电模式。
结合本发明实施例第八方面,或第八方面的第一种到第二种可能实现方式中任一可能实现方式,在本发明实施例第八方面的第三种可能实现方式中:
所述核心网设备与终端设备所在网络的接入网设备之间进行所述终端设备的状态同步,具体包括:如果终端设备从连接态进入省电模式后,接收终端设备所在网络的接入网设备发送的第一状态信息,所述第一状态信息中包括所述终端设备进入省电模式的信息。
结合本发明实施例第八方面,或第八方面的第一种到第三种可能实现方式中任一可能实现方式,在本发明实施例第八方面的第四种可能实现方式中,所
述核心网设备与终端设备所在网络的接入网设备之间进行所述终端设备的状态同步,具体包括:
如果终端设备从所述连接态进入省电模式后,接收所述接入网设备发送的所述第二状态信息,所述第二状态信息中包括所述终端设备离开所述省电模式的信息。
结合本发明实施例第八方面,或第八方面的第一种到第四种可能实现方式中任一可能实现方式,在本发明实施例第八方面的第五种可能实现方式中:
所述核心网设备与终端设备所在网络的接入网设备之间进行所述终端设备的状态同步,具体包括:接收所述接入网设备发送的第四状态信息,所述第四状态信息是当所述终端设备离开所述连接态时所述接入网设备发送的,所述第四状态信息中包括:所述终端设备进入所述连接态的信息;根据所述第四状态信息,确定所述终端设备从所述连接态进入所述省电模式或其它状态。
结合本发明实施例第八方面,或第八方面的第一种到第五种可能实现方式中任一可能实现方式,在本发明实施例第八方面的第六种可能实现方式中,所述省电模式包括第一省电模式或第二省电模式,则所述方法还包括:
当所述终端设备在所述第一省电模式时,所述核心网设备周期性地发送寻呼信息给所述终端设备;或,当所述终端设备在所述第二省电模式时,所述核心网设备不发送信息给所述终端设备。
本发明实施例第九方面提供了一种寻呼方法,包括:
用户设备UE与核心网设备协商第一参数,所述第一参数用于确定第一非连续接收技术中非连续接收周期的长度,所述第一非连续接收技术中非连续接收周期的长度大于第二非连续接收技术中非连续接收周期的长度,所述第二非连续接收技术中非连续接收周期的长度的最大取值为5.12秒;
所述UE接收无线接入网RAN发出的广播消息;
当所述UE根据所述广播消息确定所述RAN支持所述第一非连续接收技术时,所述UE按照所述第一参数,采用所述第一非连续接收技术计算第一寻呼时机;或当所述UE根据所述广播消息确定所述RAN不支持所述第一非连续接收技术时,所述UE采用所述第二非连续接收技术计算第二寻呼时机;
所述UE按照计算出的第一寻呼时机或第二寻呼时机侦听所述RAN发出
的寻呼指示。
结合本发明实施例的第九方面,本发明实施例第九方面的第一种实现方式中,所述方法还包括:
所述UE判断所述广播消息中是否携带第一非连续接收技术标志;
当确定携带所述第一非连续接收技术标志时,所述UE确定所述RAN支持所述第一非连续接收技术;或
当确定不携带所述第一非连续接收技术标志时,所述UE确定所述RAN不支持所述第一非连续接收技术。
结合本发明实施例的第九方面或第九方面的第一种实现方式,本发明实施例第九方面的第二种实现方式中,所述UE按照计算出的第一寻呼时机或第二寻呼时机侦听所述RAN发出的寻呼指示具体包括:
当所述UE根据所述广播消息确定所述RAN不支持所述第一非连续接收技术时,所述UE在第一寻呼指示信道上按照计算出的第二寻呼时机侦听所述RAN发出的寻呼指示;或
当所述UE根据所述广播消息确定所述RAN支持所述第一非连续接收技术时,所述UE在第二寻呼指示信道或所述第一寻呼指示信道上按照计算出的第一寻呼时机侦听所述RAN发出的寻呼指示,所述第二寻呼指示信道与所述第一寻呼指示信道不同。
本发明实施例第十方面提供了一种寻呼方法,包括:
RAN发送广播消息,所述广播消息中携带有第一非连续接收技术标志,所述第一非连续接收技术标志用于指示所述RAN支持第一非连续接收技术,所述第一非连续接收技术中非连续接收周期的长度大于第二非连续接收技术中非连续接收周期的长度,所述第二非连续接收技术中非连续接收周期的长度的最大取值为5.12秒;
所述RAN接收核心网设备发送的第一参数,所述第一参数用于确定所述第一非连续接收技术中非连续接收周期的长度;
所述RAN按照所述第一参数,采用所述第一非连续接收技术计算第三寻呼时机;
所述RAN在计算出的第三寻呼时机向UE发送寻呼指示。
结合本发明实施例的第十方面,本发明实施例第十方面的第一种实现方式中,所述第一非连续接收技术标志为第一非连续接收技术指示,或,预置长度的非连续接收周期,所述预置长度大于5.12秒。
本发明实施例第十一方面提供了一种寻呼方法,包括:
核心网设备与UE协商第一参数,所述第一参数用于确定第一非连续接收技术中非连续接收周期的长度,所述第一非连续接收技术中非连续接收周期的长度大于第二非连续接收技术中非连续接收周期的长度,所述第二非连续接收技术中非连续接收周期的长度的最大取值为5.12秒;
当所述核心网设备确定RAN支持所述第一非连续接收技术时,所述核心网设备通过Iub接口将所述第一参数发送给所述RAN。
结合本发明实施例的第十一方面,本发明实施例第十一方面的第一种实现方式中,所述核心网设备确定RAN支持所述第一非连续接收技术具体包括:
所述核心网设备通过Iu口信令,或,手动配置确定所述RAN支持所述第一非连续接收技术。
本发明实施例第十二方面提供了一种UE,包括:
第一协商模块,用于与核心网设备协商第一参数,所述第一参数用于确定第一非连续接收技术中非连续接收周期的长度,所述第一非连续接收技术中非连续接收周期的长度大于第二非连续接收技术中非连续接收周期的长度,所述第二非连续接收技术中非连续接收周期的长度的最大取值为5.12秒;
第一接收模块,用于接收RAN发出的广播消息;
第一计算模块,用于当根据所述第一接收模块接收的广播消息确定所述RAN支持所述第一非连续接收技术时,按照所述第一参数,采用所述第一非连续接收技术计算第一寻呼时机;
第二计算模块,用于当根据所述第一接收模块接收的广播消息确定所述RAN不支持所述第一非连续接收技术时,采用所述第二非连续接收技术计算第二寻呼时机;
侦听模块,用于按照计算出的第一寻呼时机或第二寻呼时机侦听所述RAN发出的寻呼指示。
结合本发明实施例的第十二方面,本发明实施例第十二方面的第一种实现
方式中,所述UE还包括:
判断模块,用于判断所述广播消息中是否携带第一非连续接收技术标志;
第一确定模块,用于当所述判断模块确定携带所述第一非连续接收技术标志时,确定所述RAN支持所述第一非连续接收技术;
第二确定模块,用于当所述判断模块确定不携带所述第一非连续接收技术标志时,确定所述RAN不支持所述第一非连续接收技术。
结合本发明实施例的第十二方面或第十二方面的第一种实现方式,本发明实施例第十二方面的第二种实现方式中,所述侦听模块具体包括:
第一侦听单元,用于当根据所述广播消息确定所述RAN不支持所述第一非连续接收技术时,在第一寻呼指示信道上按照计算出的第二寻呼时机侦听所述RAN发出的寻呼指示;
第二侦听单元,用于当根据所述广播消息确定所述RAN支持所述第一非连续接收技术时,在第二寻呼指示信道或所述第一寻呼指示信道上按照计算出的第一寻呼时机侦听所述RAN发出的寻呼指示,所述第二寻呼指示信道与所述第一寻呼指示信道不同。
本发明实施例第十三方面提供了一种接入网设备,应用于RAN,包括:
第一发送模块,用于发送广播消息,所述广播消息中携带有第一非连续接收技术标志,所述第一非连续接收技术标志用于指示所述RAN支持第一非连续接收技术,所述第一非连续接收技术中非连续接收周期的长度大于第二非连续接收技术中非连续接收周期的长度,所述第二非连续接收技术中非连续接收周期的长度的最大取值为5.12秒;
第二接收模块,用于接收核心网设备发送的第一参数,所述第一参数用于确定所述第一非连续接收技术中非连续接收周期的长度;
第二计算模块,用于按照所述第二接收模块接收的第一参数,采用所述第一非连续接收技术计算第三寻呼时机;
第二发送模块,用于在所述第二计算模块计算出的第三寻呼时机向UE发送寻呼指示。
结合本发明实施例的第十三方面,本发明实施例第十三方面的第一种实现方式中,所述第一非连续接收技术标志为第一非连续接收技术指示,或,预置
长度的非连续接收周期,所述预置长度大于5.12秒。
本发明实施例第十四方面提供了一种核心网设备,包括:
第二协商模块,用于与UE协商第一参数,所述第一参数用于确定第一非连续接收技术中非连续接收周期的长度,所述第一非连续接收技术中非连续接收周期的长度大于第二非连续接收技术中非连续接收周期的长度,所述第二非连续接收技术中非连续接收周期的长度的最大取值为5.12秒;
第三发送模块,用于当确定RAN支持所述第一非连续接收技术时,通过Iub接口将所述第一参数发送给所述RAN。
结合本发明实施例的第十四方面,本发明实施例第十四方面的第一种实现方式中,所述第三发送模块具体用于,当通过Iu口信令,或,手动配置确定所述RAN支持所述第一非连续接收技术时,通过Iub接口将所述第一参数发送给所述RAN。
可见,在本实施例中,终端设备可以在省电模式与连接态之间直接转换,且当从连接态进入到省电模式时,终端设备会保留在连接态时接入层的配置。这样当终端设备在省电模式发送传输时,终端设备可以直接从省电模式直接返回到连接态,并在连接态直接发起传输。而现有技术中需要从省电模式先进入到空闲态,然后在空闲态进入RRC连接态后再进行传输发起接入,比较而言,在本发明实施例中,由于从连接态发起传输时的流程会比较少,具体可以通过保留的RRC连接和Iu口的连接直接发起数据传输或信令传输,从而节省了从空闲态发起传输时的RRC连接建立,NAS信令连接,鉴权,安全认证和PDP激活等过程,降低了终端设备的耗能。
为了更清楚地说明本发明实施例或现有技术中的技术方案,下面将对实施例或现有技术描述中所需要使用的附图作简单地介绍,显而易见地,下面描述中的附图仅仅是本发明的一些实施例,对于本领域普通技术人员来讲,在不付出创造性劳动性的前提下,还可以根据这些附图获得其他的附图。
图1是本发明设备实施例一提供的终端设备的结构示意图;
图2是本发明设备实施例二提供的接入网设备的结构示意图;
图3是本发明设备实施例三提供的接入网设备的结构示意图;
图4是本发明设备实施例四提供的核心网设备的结构示意图;
图5是本发明设备实施例五提供的终端设备的结构示意图;
图6是本发明方法实施例一提供的传输发起方法的流程图;
图7是本发明实施例中终端设备在多种状态的相互转换的示意图;
图8是本发明方法实施例二提供的传输发起方法的流程图;
图9是本发明方法实施例三提供的终端设备的状态处理方法的流程图;
图10是本发明方法实施例四提供的终端设备的状态处理方法的流程图;
图11是本发明方法实施例五提供的终端设备的状态处理方法的流程图;
图12是本发明方法实施例六提供的终端设备的状态处理方法的流程图;
图13是是本发明方法实施例七提供的终端设备的状态处理方法的流程图;
图14是是本发明方法实施例八提供的终端设备的状态处理方法的流程图;
图15是是本发明方法实施例九提供的终端设备的状态处理方法的流程图;
图16是是本发明方法实施例十提供的终端设备的状态处理方法的流程图;
图17为本发明实施例中寻呼方法一个信令流程图;
图18为本发明实施例中寻呼方法一个流程示意图;
图19为本发明实施例中寻呼方法另一个流程示意图;
图20为本发明实施例中寻呼方法另一个流程示意图;
图21为本发明实施例中UE一个结构示意图;
图22为本发明实施例中接入网设备一个结构示意图;
图23为本发明实施例中核心网设备一个结构示意图。
下面将结合本发明实施例中的附图,对本发明实施例中的技术方案进行清楚、完整地描述,显然,所描述的实施例仅仅是本发明一部分实施例,而不是全部的实施例。基于本发明中的实施例,本领域普通技术人员在没有作出创造
性劳动前提下所获得的所有其他实施例,都属于本发明保护的范围。
本发明的说明书和权利要求书及上述附图中的术语“第一”、“第二”、“第三”“第四”等(如果存在)是用于区别类似的对象,而不必用于描述特定的顺序或先后次序。应该理解这样使用的数据在适当情况下可以互换,以便这里描述的本发明的实施例例如能够以除了在这里图示或描述的那些以外的顺序实施。此外,术语“包括”和“具有”以及他们的任何变形,意图在于覆盖不排它的包含,例如,包含了一系列步骤或单元的过程、方法、系统、产品或设备不必限于清楚地列出的那些步骤或单元,而是可包括没有清楚地列出的或对于这些过程、方法、产品或设备固有的其它步骤或单元。
本发明设备实施例一
提供一种终端设备,结构示意图如图1所示,包括:
参数获取单元10,用于获取所述终端设备从连接态进入省电模式的第一时间信息,及所述终端设备从所述省电模式返回连接态的第二时间信息。其中,连接态可以包括如下任一种状态:小区(CELL)专用信道(Dedicated Channel,DCH)状态,以下简称为CELL_DCH状态;小区向前接入信道(Forward Access Channel,FACH)状态,以下简称为CELL_FACH状态;小区寻呼信道状态,以下简称为CELL_PCH状态;通用陆地无线接入网(Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network,UTRAN)登记区(registration area)寻呼信道状态,以下简称为URA_PCH状态。
在具体实现过程中,该参数获取单元10,具体用于向网络设备发送请求消息,所述请求消息用于请求所述网络设备配置所述第一时间信息和/或第二时间信息;接收所述网络设备返回的响应消息,所述响应消息中包括所述第一时间信息和/或第二时间信息;所述网络设备为所述终端设备所在网络的接入网设备,或核心网设备,其中接入网设备是该终端设备接入网络使用的接入网中部署的设备,可以为基站或无线网络控制器等,而核心网设备是核心网中部署的设备,可以为通用无线分组业务支撑节点(Serving General Packer Radio Service Support Node,SGSN)等设备。
状态转换单元11,用于根据所述参数获取单元10获取的第一时间信息,从连接态转换到省电模式,根据所述参数获取单元10获取的第二时间信息,
从所述省电模式转换到所述连接态,实现了终端设备在连接态与省电模式之间的直接转换。
省电模式单元12,用于当所述状态转换单元11将终端设备转换到所述省电模式下,保留所述终端设备在所述连接态时接入层(Access Stratum,AS)的配置。其中,省电模式单元12保留的所述终端设备在所述连接态时接入层的配置,主要可以包括:无线资源控制连接等连接的信息,进一步地,该接入层的配置还可以包括:分组数据协议激活信息,鉴权信息,安全认证信息,及所述终端设备所在网络的接入网设备与核心网设备之间的接口信息等。且接入层的配置还可以包括:终端设备在连接态时启动的任何一个定时器的信息等。
传输发起单元13,用于当所述状态转换单元11将所述终端设备从所述省电模式返回所述连接态,根据省电模式单元12保留的所述接入层的配置发起传输。
需要说明的是,在一个具体的实施例中,上述参数获取单元10具体获取的第一时间信息和第二时间信息分别为第一预置时间和第二预置时间,其中第一预置时间为终端设备进入连接态至终端设备离开连接态而进入省电模式的时间段;第二预置时间为终端设备进入连接态至终端设备从连接态进入省电模式后再离开省电模式而重新进入连接态的时间段,或第二预置时间是终端设备进入省电模式至终端设备离开该省电模式而进入连接态的时间段;则状态转换单元11,具体用于当所述终端设备进入所述连接态的时间超过第一预置时间,且没有上下行数据时,进入省电模式;当所述终端设备进入所述省电模式的时间或所述终端设备进入所述连接态的时间点到当前时刻的时间超过第二预置时间时,从所述省电模式返回所述连接态。
在另一个具体的实施例中,在一种情况下,状态转换单元11,还用于当所述终端设备在所述省电模式下有数据传输或信令传输时,不需要等待终端设备进入所述省电模式的时间或所述终端设备进入所述连接态的时间点到当前时刻的时间超过第二预置时间,就从所述省电模式返回所述连接态。在另一种情况下,状态转换单元11,具体用于当所述终端设备在所述省电模式下有信令传输时,需要等待终端设备进入所述省电模式的时间或所述终端设备进入所述连接态的时间点到当前时刻的时间超过第二预置时间,才从所述省电模式返
回所述信道寻呼状态。上述信令传输可以包括:所述终端设备进入所述连接态后的小区更新信令的传输,或所述终端设备不在服务状态后的重连信令的传输等。
需要说明的是,上述的省电模式可以包括第一省电模式或第二省电模式,其中,在第一省电模式下,上述省电模式单元12不仅需要保留接入层的配置,还用于在该第一省电模式下,周期性地监听寻呼信息,则状态转换单元11,还用于当所述终端设备在所述第一省电模式下,且当所述省电模式单元监听的所述寻呼信息指示有数据传输时,从所述第一省电模式转换到所述连接态;在第二省电模式下,上述省电模式单元12,用于在所述第二省电模式下,不监听寻呼信息,但是需要保留接入层的配置,也就是说,且在第二省电模式下,终端设备对于核心网是不可达的,即核心网设备不能连接到或寻呼到该终端设备。
可见,在本实施例的终端设备中,状态转换单元11可以实现终端设备从省电模式直接转换到连接态,且在省电模式下,省电模式单元12会保留终端设备在连接态下接入层的配置,这样传输发起单元13可以在连接态直接发起传输,而现有技术中终端设备需要从省电模式先进入到空闲态,然后在空闲态发起传输,比较而言,在本发明实施例中,由于在连接态发起传输时的流程会比较少,具体可以通过保留的RRC连接直接发送传输,从而节省了从空闲态发起传输时的RRC连接建立,NAS信令连接,鉴权,安全认证和PDP激活等过程,降低了终端设备的耗能,进而达到终端设备节点的目的。
本发明设备实施例二
提供一种接入网设备,比如无线网络控制器(Radio Network Controller,RNC)等,其结构示意图如图2所示,包括:
参数协商单元20,用于确定所述终端设备从连接态进入省电模式的第一时间信息,及所述终端设备从所述省电模式返回连接态的第二时间信息,将所述第一时间信息和/或第二时间信息发送给终端设备。
在一个具体实现的过程中,该参数协商单元20可以在终端设备通过接入网设备连接到网络后,主动确定第一时间信息和第二时间信息后,并发送给终
端设备。
或者,在另一个具体的实施例中,该参数协商单元20需要接收到终端设备发送的第一请求消息,该第一请求消息用于请求接入网设备配置第一时间信息和/或第二时间信息;才会根据第一请求消息,最终确定第一时间信息和第二时间信息,且将最终确定的第一时间信息和/或第二时间信息发送给终端设备。
状态同步单元21,用于根据上述参数协商单元20确定的第一时间信息和第二时间信息,确定所述终端设备的状态,主要是终端设备在连接态与省电模式之间转换的状态。
在一个具体的实施例中,上述参数协商单元20具体确定的第一时间信息和第二时间信息分别为第一预置时间和第二预置时间;则状态同步单元21具体用于当所述终端设备进入连接态的时间超过所述第一预置时间,且没有上下行数据时,确定所述终端设备进入省电模式;当所述终端设备进入所述省电模式的时间或所述终端设备进入所述连接态的时间点到当前时刻的时间超过第二预置时间时,确定所述终端设备从所述省电模式返回所述连接态。
进一步地,如果终端设备在进入所述省电模式的时间或所述终端设备进入所述连接态的时间点到当前时刻的时间未超过第二预置时间时,临时决定从省电模式进入连接态并发起传输时,该状态同步单元21也能根据发起的传输确定终端设备的状态是返回到连接态。
状态操作单元22,用于根据所述状态同步单元21确定的终端设备的状态,当所述终端设备从连接态进入所述省电模式时,保留所述终端设备在所述连接态时接入层的配置;当所述终端设备从所述省电模式返回连接态时,恢复所述接入层的配置的使用。
其中,状态操作单元22保留的所述终端设备在所述连接态时接入层的配置,具体可以包括:无线资源控制连接等连接的信息,且进一步地,该接入层的配置还可以包括:分组数据协议激活信息,鉴权信息,安全认证信息,及所述终端设备所在网络的接入网设备与核心网设备之间的接口信息等。且接入层的配置还可以包括:终端设备在连接态时启动的任何一个定时器的信息等。
需要说明的是,上述终端设备所处的省电模式可以包括第一省电模式或第
二省电模式,则当终端设备处于第一省电模式时,上述状态操作单元22不仅需要保留接入层的配置,且还用于当所述终端设备在所述第一省电模式时,周期性地发送寻呼信息给所述终端设备;当终端设备处于第二省电模式时,上述在状态操作单元22,用于当所述终端设备在所述第二省电模式时,不发送信息给所述终端设备,但需要保留接入层的配置,即在第二省电模式下,终端设备对于网络是不可达的。
可以理解,本实施例中,当上述状态同步单元21确定了终端设备进入上述第二省电模式后,并不会向核心网设备同步该终端设备的状态,则核心网设备还会发送信息给终端设备,当接入网设备接收到核心网设备发给终端设备的信息后,状态操作单元22还可以向核心网设备发送失败消息或不向核心网设备发送任何回复。当上述状态同步单元21确定了终端设备进入上述第一省电模式后,并不会向核心网设备同步该终端设备的状态,则核心网设备还会发送信息给终端设备,当接入网设备接收到核心网设备发给终端设备的信息后,如果终端设备在监听寻呼信息的周期未到来时,状态操作单元22还会向核心网设备发送失败消息或不向核心网设备发送任何回复,如果该周期到来,则状态操作单元22会将寻呼信息发送给终端设备。
可见,本实施例的接入网设备中,通过上述参数协商单元20可以将第一时间信息和第二时间信息预置到终端设备中,使得终端设备可以根据第一时间信息和第二时间信息,在连接态与本实施例中所述的省电模式之间直接转换,在这个过程中,本实施例的接入网设备需要通过状态同步单元21来同步地确定终端设备的状态,且通过状态操作单元22对接入层的配置进行保留和恢复,而接入网设备的其它执行流程可以按照现有流程进行处理,在此不进行赘述,使得可以通过对现有的系统进行较小的改变,即可实现连接态与本实施例中所述的省电模式之间直接转换。
本发明设备实施例三
提供另一种接入网设备,其结构示意图如图3所示,包括:
第一状态同步单元30,用于确定终端设备的状态。
第二状态同步单元31,用于根据所述第一状态同步单元30确定的终端设
备的状态,与核心网设备之间进行所述终端设备的状态同步。
状态处理单元32,用于根据所述第一状态同步单元30确定的终端设备的状态,当所述终端设备从连接态进入所述省电模式时,保留所述终端设备在所述连接态时接入层的配置;当所述终端设备从所述省电模式返回连接态时,恢复所述接入层的配置的使用。
其中,状态处理单元32保留的所述终端设备在所述连接态时接入层的配置,具体可以包括:无线资源控制连接等连接的信息,且进一步地,该接入层的配置还可以包括:分组数据协议激活信息,鉴权信息,安全认证信息,及所述终端设备所在网络的接入网设备与核心网设备之间的接口信息等。且接入层的配置还可以包括:终端设备在连接态时启动的任何一个定时器的信息等。
进一步地,在接入网设备中除了可以包括上述图3所示的结构外,还可以包括参数确定单元,主要用于确定所述终端设备从连接态进入省电模式的第一时间信息,及所述终端设备从所述省电模式返回的连接态第二时间信息。在具体实现过程中,该参数确定单元具体确定的第一时间信息和第二时间信息分别为第一预置时间和第二预置时间;则上述第一状态同步单元30,具体用于当所述终端设备进入连接态的时间超过所述第一预置时间,且没有上下行数据时,确定所述终端设备进入省电模式;当所述终端设备进入所述省电模式的时间或所述终端设备进入所述连接态的时间点到当前时刻的时间超过第二预置时间时,确定所述终端设备从所述省电模式返回所述连接态。
该参数确定单元可以在接收所述终端设备发送的第一请求消息,所述第一请求消息用于请求所述接入网设备配置第一时间信息和/或第二时间信息;还可以向所述终端设备返回的第一响应消息,所述第一响应消息中包括所述第一时间信息和/或第二时间信息;或者,所述该参数确定单元,用于直接接收所述终端设备或核心网设备发送的第一时间信息和/或第二时间信息,所述第一时间信息和/或第二时间信息是由所述核心网设备与所述终端设备之间协商好的。
需要说明的是,上述终端设备所处的省电模式可以包括第一省电模式或第二省电模式,则当终端设备处于第一省电模式时,上述状态处理单元32不仅需要保留接入层的配置,且还用于当所述终端设备在所述第一省电模式时,周
期性地发送寻呼信息给所述终端设备;当终端设备处于第二省电模式时,上述在状态处理单元32,用于当所述终端设备在所述第二省电模式时,不发送信息给所述终端设备,但需要保留接入层的配置,即在第二省电模式下,终端设备对于网络是不可达的。
可见,当终端设备在省电模式与连接态之间直接转换的过程中,本实施例的接入网设备中的第二状态同步单元32需要将终端设备在连接态与省电模式之间转换的状态同步给核心网设备,使得核心网设备知道终端设备在什么时候进入什么状态,则当终端设备在省电模式时,核心网设备就可以不寻呼或发送数据给终端设备,或周期性地寻呼该终端设备,能节省了核心网设备的信令流程。
在具体的实施例中,第一状态同步单元30和第二状态同步单元31具体可以包括如下几种方式的同步:
(1)第一状态同步单元30,具体用于确定所述终端设备进入连接态,则第二状态同步单元31会将第三状态信息发送给所述核心网设备,所述第三状态信息中包括:所述终端设备进入所述连接态的信息;所述第三状态信息,用于所述核心网设备根据所述第三状态信息,及所述终端设备从连接态进入所述省电模式的第一时间信息,确定所述终端设备进入省电模式,具体地,当所述终端设备进入所述连接态的时间超过第一预置时间,且没有上下行数据时,则确定所述终端设备进入省电模式。这里第三状态信息中包括的信息是指终端设备当前时刻已经进入连接态的信息。
在这种情况下,接入网设备中的第一状态同步单元30还可以同步地知道终端设备在进入到连接态之后的什么时候进入省电模式,从而如果核心网设备在终端设备处于省电模式时,发送信息给终端设备,如果终端设备是处于第二省电模式,则该接入网设备就可以向核心网设备发送失败消息或不向核心网设备发送任何回复,使得核心网设备发送信息给终端设备时发送失败;如果终端设备是处于第一省电模式,则该接入网设备会周期性地将核心网设备发送的寻呼信息发送给终端设备,该周期与终端设备在第一省电模式时监听寻呼信息的周期一致。
(2)第一状态同步单元30,具体用于确定所述终端设备从连接态进入省
电模式,则第二状态同步单元31,用于在终端设备进入省电模式后,将第一状态信息发送给核心网设备,所述第一状态信息中包括所述终端设备进入所述省电模式的信息。这里第一状态信息中包括的所述终端设备进入所述省电模式的信息是指终端设备当前时刻已经进入省电模式的信息。
进一步地,如果第一状态同步单元30确定终端设备是进入上述第一省电模式,则第二状态同步单元31可以在第一状态信息中还包括终端设备监听寻呼信息的周期信息,使得核心网设备可以根据该周期信息,在终端设备处于第一省电模式时,可以周期性地发送寻呼信息给终端设备;或者第二状态同步单元31只是在第一状态信息中包括终端设备进入第一省电模式的信息,而在核心网设备中已经预置了该周期信息,则核心网设备也可以在终端设备处于第一省电模式时,周期性地发送寻呼信息给终端设备。
(3)第二状态同步单元31,还用于当所述第一状态同步单元30确定所述终端设备从所述连接态进入所述省电模式后,发送第二状态信息给所述核心网设备,所述第二状态信息中包括:所述终端设备离开所述省电模式的信息,这里第二状态信息中包括的信息可以是指终端设备当前时刻已经离开省电模式的信息,也可以是终端设备什么时候离开省电模式的时间信息。
在其中的一种情况下,该第二状态同步单元31,具体用于当所述第一状态确定单元30确定所述终端设备从连接态进入省电模式后,在接收到所述核心网设备发送给所述终端设备的信息时,才会将所述第二状态信息发送给核心网设备,所述第二状态信息中包括的信息是指所述终端设备离开所述省电模式的时间信息。在另一种情况下,该第二状态同步单元31用于当终端设备从连接态进入省电模式后,又从省电模式再返回到连接态时,发送第二状态信息,该第二状态信息中包括的信息是指终端设备已经离开省电模式的信息。
(4)第二状态同步单元31,具体用于当所述第一状态同步单元30确定当所述终端设备离开所述连接态时,将第四状态信息发送给所述核心网设备,所述第四状态信息中包括:所述终端设备离开所述连接态的信息,所述第四状态信息,用于所述核心网设备根据所述第四状态信息,确定所述终端设备从所述连接态进入所述省电模式或进入其它状态,这里第四状态信息中包括的信息是指终端设备当前时刻已经离开连接态的信息。
本发明设备实施例四
提供一种核心网设备,比如SGSN等,其结构示意图如图4所示,包括:
同步单元40,用于与终端设备所在网络的接入网设备之间进行所述终端设备的状态同步;
处理单元41,用于根据所述同步单元40同步的终端设备的状态,当所述终端设备从连接态进入所述省电模式时,保留所述终端设备在所述连接态时连接的配置;当所述终端设备从所述省电模式返回连接态时,恢复所述连接的配置的使用。
其中,处理单元41保留的所述终端设备在所述连接态时连接的配置,具体可以包括:分组数据协议激活信息,鉴权信息,安全认证信息,或所述终端设备所在网络的接入网设备与核心网设备之间的接口信息等。且连接的配置还可以包括:终端设备在连接态时启动的任何一个定时器的信息等。
进一步地,在核心网设备中除了可以包括上述图4所示的结构外,还可以包括参数确定单元,主要用于确定所述终端设备从连接态进入省电模式的第一时间信息,及所述终端设备从所述省电模式返回的连接态第二时间信息。在具体实现过程中,该参数确定单元确定的第一时间信息和第二时间信息分别为第一预置时间和第二预置时间;则上述同步单元40,具体用于当所述终端设备进入连接态的时间超过所述第一预置时间,且没有上下行数据时,确定所述终端设备进入省电模式;当所述终端设备进入所述省电模式的时间或所述终端设备进入所述连接态的时间点到当前时刻的时间超过第二预置时间时,确定所述终端设备从所述省电模式返回所述连接态。
该参数确定单元可以在接收所述终端设备发送的第二请求消息,所述第二请求消息用于请求所述核心网设备配置第一时间信息和/或第二时间信息;还可以向所述终端设备返回的第一响应消息,所述第一响应消息中包括所述第一时间信息和/或第二时间信息;或者,所述该参数确定单元,用于直接接收所述终端设备或接入网设备发送的第一时间信息和/或第二时间信息,所述第一时间信息和/或第二时间信息是由所述接入网设备与所述终端设备之间协商好的。
需要说明的是,上述终端设备所处的省电模式可以包括第一省电模式或第二省电模式,则当终端设备处于第一省电模式时,上述处理单元41不仅需要保留连接的配置,且还可以用于当所述终端设备在所述第一省电模式时,周期性地发送寻呼信息给所述终端设备;当终端设备处于第二省电模式时,上述在处理单元41,用于当所述终端设备在所述第二省电模式时,不发送信息给所述终端设备,但需要保留连接的配置,即在第二省电模式下,终端设备对于网络是不可达的。
可见,当终端设备可以在省电模式与连接态之间直接转换的过程中,核心网设备需要与接入网设备之间进行终端设备的状态的同步,使得核心网设备在终端设备处于省电模式时,不寻呼或不要发送数据给该终端设备,或只是周期性地寻呼该终端设备,这样能节省了核心网设备的信令流程。
在具体的实施例中,同步单元40具体可以包括如下几种方式的同步:
(1)同步单元40,用于接收终端设备所在网络的接入网设备发送的第一状态信息,所述第一状态信息中包括所述终端设备进入省电模式的信息。
在本实施例中,如果同步单元40接收的第一状态信息是指终端设备已经进入上述第二省电模式的信息,则说明终端设备是不可达的,处理单元41,还用于根据所述第一状态信息,停止寻呼或停止发送数据给所述终端设备;如果同步单元40接收的第一状态信息中除了包括终端设备进入省电模式的信息,还包括终端设备监听寻呼信息的周期信息,则说明终端设备进入了上述第一省电模式,处理单元41,还用于根据所述第一状态信息,周期性地寻呼该终端设备;如果同步单元40接收的第一状态信息中的信息指示终端设备进入上述第一省电模式,则处理单元41,还用于根据所述第一状态信息及预置的周期信息,周期性地寻呼该终端设备。
(2)同步单元40,用于接收所述接入网设备发送的第三状态信息,所述第三状态信息中包括所述终端设备进入所述连接态的信息,根据所述第三状态信息,及所述终端设备从所述连接态进入省电模式的第一时间信息,确定所述终端设备什么时候进入省电模式。且根据终端设备从省电模式返回连接态的第二时间信息,确定终端设备什么时候返回连接态。
(3)同步单元40,用于接收所述接入网设备发送的第四状态信息,所述
第四状态信息是当所述终端设备离开所述连接态时所述接入网设备发送的,所述第四状态信息中包括:所述终端设备离开所述连接态的信息。
则处理单元41,还用于根据所述同步单元40接收的第四状态信息,确定所述终端设备从所述连接态进入所述省电模式或其它状态。具体地,如果终端设备进入连接态的时间超过第一预置时间,且没有上下行数据时,则确定终端设备是从连接态进入了省电模式;如果终端设备进入连接态的时间未超过第一预置时间,或超过第一预置时间且有上下行数据时,则确定终端设备是从连接态进入了其它状态,则停止对终端终端设备进入省电模式的时间进行计时,或停止对终端设备进入连接态的时间点到当前时刻的时间进行计时,可以根据该第四状态信息执行其它状态的操作,比如开始正常寻呼或开始发送数据给终端设备。
(4)同步单元40,用于接收所述接入网设备发送的第二状态信息,所述第二状态信息中包括:所述终端设备离开所述省电模式的信息,其中,所述第二状态信息是所述终端设备从所述连接态进入省电模式后,所述接入网设备发送的。则所述处理单元41,还用于根据所述第二状态信息,确定终端设备在什么时候离开省电模式。
在其中一种情况下,同步单元40,具体用于如果终端设备从连接态进入省电模式后,通过所述接入网设备向所述终端设备发送信息时,才会接收到所述接入网设备发送的所述第二状态信息,所述第二状态信息中包括的信息指示所述终端设备离开所述省电模式的时间信息,则处理单元41还可以根据该第二状态信息,在确定终端设备离开所述省电模式时,开始正常寻呼或开始发送数据给所述终端设备。在另一种情况下,同步单元40,具体用于如果终端设备从连接态进入省电模式后,又从省电模式返回所述连接态时,接收到所述接入网设备发送的所述第二状态信息,则第二状态信息中包括的信息指示所述终端设备已经离开所述省电模式。
本发明实施例还提供一种传输发起系统,主要包括终端设备、所述终端设备所在网络的接入网设备和核心网设备,其中:所述终端设备的结构可以如上述设备实施例一所述的终端设备的结构,接入网设备的结构是可以如上述设备
实施例三所述的接入网设备的结构,核心网设备的结构可以如上述设备实施例四所述的核心网设备的结构,在此不进行赘述。
本发明实施例还提供另一种传输发起系统,主要包括终端设备和所述终端设备所在网络的接入网设备,其中,所述终端设备的结构可以如上述设备实施例一所述的终端设备的结构,接入网设备的结构是可以如上述设备实施例二所述的接入网设备的结构,在此不进行赘述。
本发明设备实施例五
提供一种终端设备,结构示意图如图5所示,包括分别连接到总线的存储器50、处理器51和收发器52,其中:
存储器50用来储存储存处理器51处理数据的必要文件等信息,比如储存处理器51执行下述方法实施例一中所述的传输发起方法的程序代码等信息。
处理器51,用于调用存储器50中储存的程序代码,以实现如下功能:
获取所述终端设备从连接态进入省电模式的第一时间信息,及所述终端设备从所述省电模式返回连接态的第二时间信息;根据第一时间信息,从连接态转换到省电模式,保留所述终端设备在所述连接态时接入层的配置;根据所述第二时间信息,从所述省电模式转换到所述连接态,根据保留的所述接入层的配置控制收发器51发起传输。实现了终端设备在连接态与省电模式之间的直接转换。
如果上述第一时间和第二时间分别为第一预置时间和第二预置时间;处理器51,具体用于当所述终端设备进入所述连接态的时间超过第一预置时间且没有上下行数据时,进入省电模式;当所述终端设备进入所述省电模式的时间或所述终端设备进入所述连接态的时间点到当前时刻的时间超过第二预置时间时,从所述省电模式返回所述连接态。
且处理器51在获取上述第一时间信息和第二时间信息时,可以控制收发器52向网络设备发送请求消息,所述请求消息用于请求所述网络设备配置所述第一时间信息和/或第二时间信息;然后由收发器52接收所述网络设备返回的响应消息,所述响应消息中包括所述第一时间信息和/或第二时间信息;所述网络设备为所述终端设备所在网络的接入网设备,或核心网设备。
在另一个具体的实施例中,在一种情况下,处理器51还用于当所述终端设备在所述省电模式下有数据传输或信令传输时,不需要等待终端设备进入所述省电模式的时间或所述终端设备进入所述连接态的时间点到当前时刻的时间超过第二预置时间,就从所述省电模式返回所述信道寻呼状态。在另一种情况下,处理器51,具体用于当所述终端设备在所述省电模式下有信令传输时,需要等待终端设备进入所述省电模式的时间或所述终端设备进入所述连接态的时间点到当前时刻的时间超过第二预置时间,才从所述省电模式返回所述信道寻呼状态。上述信令传输可以包括:所述终端设备进入所述连接态后的小区更新信令的传输,或所述终端设备不在服务状态后的重连信令的传输等。
需要说明的是,上述的省电模式可以包括第一省电模式或第二省电模式,其中,在第一省电模式下,上述处理器51不仅需要保留接入层的配置,还用于在该第一省电模式下,控制收发器52周期性地监听寻呼信息,则当所述寻呼信息指示有数据传输时,从所述第一省电模式转换到所述连接态;在第二省电模式下,上述处理器51不监听寻呼信息,但是需要保留接入层的配置,也就是说,且在第二省电模式下,终端设备对于核心网是不可达的,即核心网设备不能连接到或寻呼到该终端设备。
可见,在本实施例的终端设备中,可以实现终端设备从省电模式直接转换到连接态,且在省电模式下,处理器51会保留终端设备在连接态下接入层的配置,这样处理器51就可以控制收发器52在连接态直接发起传输,而现有技术中终端设备需要从省电模式先进入到空闲态,然后在空闲态发起传输,比较而言,在本发明实施例中,由于从连接态发起传输时的流程会比较少,具体可以通过保留的RRC连接和Iu口的连接直接发送传输,从而节省了从空闲态发起传输时的RRC连接建立,NAS信令连接,鉴权,安全认证和PDP激活等过程,降低了终端设备的耗能,进而达到终端设备节点的目的。
本发明设备实施例六
提供一种接入网设备,比如RNC等,其结构与上述图5中终端设备的结构类似,包括:分别连接在总线的存储器、处理器和收发器,其中:
存储器用来储存储存处理器处理数据的必要文件等信息,比如储存处理器
执行下述方法实施例二中所述的传输发起方法的程序代码等信息。
处理器,用于调用存储器中储存的程序代码,以实现如下功能:
控制收发器确定所述终端设备从连接态进入省电模式的第一时间信息,及所述终端设备从所述省电模式返回连接态的第二时间信息,控制收发器将所述第一时间信息和/或第二时间信息发送给终端设备。根据上述确定的第一时间信息和第二时间信息,确定所述终端设备的状态,主要是终端设备在连接态与省电模式之间转换的状态。根据所述终端设备的状态,当所述终端设备从连接态进入所述省电模式时,保留所述终端设备在所述连接态时接入层的配置;当所述终端设备从所述省电模式返回连接态时,恢复所述接入层的配置的使用。。
其中,保留的所述终端设备在所述连接态时接入层的配置,具体可以包括:无线资源控制连接等连接的信息,进一步地,该接入层的配置还可以包括分组数据协议激活信息,鉴权信息,安全认证信息,及所述终端设备所在网络的接入网设备与核心网设备之间的接口信息等。且接入层的配置还可以包括:终端设备在连接态时启动的任何一个定时器的信息等。
在一个具体实施例中,处理器可以在终端设备通过接入网设备连接到网络后,控制收发器主动将第一时间信息和第二时间信息发送给终端设备。或者,当收发器接收到所述终端设备发送的第一请求消息,所述第一请求消息用于请求所述接入网设备配置所述第一时间信息和/或第二时间信息;才会根据所述第一请求消息,控制收发器将最终确定的第一时间信息和/或第二时间信息发送给终端设备。
其中如果上述第一时间信息和第二时间信息分别为第一预置时间和第二预置时间;则处理器在确定终端设备的状态时,当所述终端设备进入连接态的时间超过所述第一预置时间,且没有上下行数据时,确定所述终端设备进入省电模式;当所述终端设备进入所述省电模式的时间或所述终端设备进入所述连接态的时间点到当前时刻的时间超过第二预置时间时,确定所述终端设备从所述省电模式返回所述连接态。
进一步地,如果终端设备在进入所述省电模式的时间或所述终端设备进入所述连接态的时间点到当前时刻的时间未超过第二预置时间时,临时决定从省电模式进入连接态并发起传输时,处理器也能根据发起的传输确定终端设备的
状态是返回到连接态,
需要说明的是,上述终端设备所处的省电模式可以包括第一省电模式或第二省电模式,则当终端设备处于第一省电模式时,处理器不仅需要保留接入层的配置,且还可以控制收发器周期性地发送寻呼信息给所述终端设备;当终端设备处于第二省电模式时,收发器不发送信息给所述终端设备,但需要处理器保留接入层的配置,即在第二省电模式下,终端设备对于网络是不可达的。
可见,本实施例的接入网设备中,收发器可以将第一时间信息和第二时间信息预置到终端设备中,使得终端设备可以根据第一时间信息和第二时间信息,在连接态与本实施例中所述的省电模式之间直接转换,在这个过程中,本实施例的接入网设备需要同步确定终端设备的状态,且对接入层的配置进行保留和恢复,而接入网设备的其它执行流程可以按照现有流程进行处理,在此不进行赘述,使得可以通过对现有的系统进行较小的改变,即可实现连接态与本实施例中所述的省电模式之间直接转换。
本发明设备实施例七
提供另一种接入网设备,其结构与上述如图5所示的终端设备的结构类似,包括:存储器、处理器和收发器,其中:
存储器用来储存储存处理器处理数据的必要文件等信息,比如储存处理器执行下述方法实施例三或四中所述的终端设备的状态处理方法的程序代码等信息。
处理器,用于调用存储器中储存的程序代码,以实现如下功能:
确定终端设备的状态。根据所述终端设备的状态,与核心网设备之间进行所述终端设备的状态同步。根据所述终端设备的状态,当所述终端设备从连接态进入所述省电模式时,保留所述终端设备在所述连接态时接入层的配置;当所述终端设备从所述省电模式返回连接态时,恢复所述接入层的配置的使用。
其中,保留的所述终端设备在所述连接态时接入层的配置,具体可以包括:无线资源控制连接等连接的信息,进一步地,该接入层的配置还可以包括分组数据协议激活信息,鉴权信息,安全认证信息,及所述终端设备所在网络的接入网设备与核心网设备之间的接口信息等。且接入层的配置还可以包括:终端
设备在连接态时启动的任何一个定时器的信息等。
进一步地,处理器,还用于确定所述终端设备从连接态进入省电模式的第一时间信息,及所述终端设备从所述省电模式返回的连接态第二时间信息。则如果该第一时间信息和第二时间信息分别为第一预置时间和第二预置时间,则处理器在与终端设备之间进行终端设备的状态同步时,当所述终端设备进入连接态的时间超过所述第一预置时间,且没有上下行数据时,确定所述终端设备进入省电模式;当所述终端设备进入所述省电模式的时间或所述终端设备进入所述连接态的时间点到当前时刻的时间超过第二预置时间时,确定所述终端设备从所述省电模式返回所述连接态。
可见,当终端设备在省电模式与连接态之间直接转换的过程中,本实施例的接入网设备中处理器需要控制收发器将终端设备在连接态与省电模式之间转换的状态同步给核心网设备,使得核心网设备知道在什么时候寻呼或发送数据给该终端设备,使得当终端设备在省电模式时,核心网不要寻呼或发送数据给终端设备,或只是周期性地寻呼该终端设备,能节省了核心网设备的信令流程。
在具体的实施例中,处理器具体可以包括如下几种方式的同步:
(1)处理器具体用于确定所述终端设备进入连接态,会控制收发器将第三状态信息发送给所述核心网设备,所述第三状态信息中包括:所述终端设备进入所述连接态的信息;所述第三状态信息,用于所述核心网设备根据所述第三状态信息,及所述终端设备从连接态进入所述省电模式的第一时间信息,确定所述终端设备进入省电模式,具体地,当所述终端设备进入所述连接态的时间超过第一预置时间,且没有上下行数据时,则确定所述终端设备进入省电模式。这里第三状态信息中包括的信息是指终端设备当前时刻已经进入连接态的信息。
在这种情况下,接入网设备中的处理器还可以同步地知道终端设备在进入到连接态之后的什么时候进入省电模式,从而如果核心网设备在终端设备处于省电模式时,发送信息给终端设备,如果终端设备是处于第二省电模式,则该控制器就可以控制收发器向核心网设备发送失败消息或不向核心网设备发送任何回复,使得核心网设备发送信息给终端设备时发送失败;如果终端设备是
处于第一省电模式,则处理器会周期性地控制收发器将核心网设备发送的寻呼信息发送给终端设备,该周期与终端设备在第一省电模式时监听寻呼信息的周期一致。
(2)处理器具体用于确定所述终端设备从连接态进入省电模式,则控制收发器将第一状态信息发送给核心网设备,所述第一状态信息中包括所述终端设备进入所述省电模式的信息。这里第一状态信息中包括的所述终端设备进入所述省电模式的信息是指终端设备当前时刻已经进入省电模式的信息。
进一步地,如果处理器确定终端设备是进入上述第一省电模式,则可以在第一状态信息中还包括终端设备监听寻呼信息的周期信息,使得核心网设备可以根据该周期信息,在终端设备处于第一省电模式时,可以周期性地发送寻呼信息给终端设备;或者处理器只是在第一状态信息中包括终端设备进入第一省电模式的信息,而在核心网设备中已经预置了该周期信息,则核心网设备也可以在终端设备处于第一省电模式时,周期性地发送寻呼信息给终端设备。
(3)处理器还用于当确定所述终端设备从所述连接态进入所述省电模式后,控制收发器发送第二状态信息给所述核心网设备,所述第二状态信息中包括:所述终端设备离开所述省电模式的信息,这里第二状态信息中包括的信息可以是指终端设备当前时刻已经离开省电模式的信息,也可以是终端设备什么时候离开省电模式的时间信息。
在其中的一种情况下,该处理器具体用于当确定所述终端设备从连接态进入省电模式后,在收发器接收到所述核心网设备发送给所述终端设备的信息时,才会控制收发器将所述第二状态信息发送给核心网设备,所述第二状态信息中包括的信息是指所述终端设备离开所述省电模式的时间信息。在另一种情况下,该处理器用于当终端设备从连接态进入省电模式后,又从省电模式再返回到连接态时,控制收发器发送第二状态信息,该第二状态信息中包括的信息是指终端设备已经离开省电模式的信息。
(4)处理器具体用于当确定所述终端设备离开所述连接态时,控制收发器将第四状态信息发送给所述核心网设备,所述第四状态信息中包括:所述终端设备离开所述连接态的信息,所述第四状态信息,用于所述核心网设备根据所述第四状态信息,确定所述终端设备从所述连接态进入所述省电模式或进入
其它状态,这里第四状态信息中包括的信息是指终端设备当前时刻已经离开连接态的信息。
本发明设备实施例八
提供一种核心网设备,比如SGSN等,其结构与上述如图5所示的终端设备的结构类似,包括:存储器、处理器和收发器,其中:
存储器用来储存储存处理器处理数据的必要文件等信息,比如储存处理器执行下述方法实施例五或六中所述的终端设备的状态处理方法的程序代码等信息。
处理器,用于调用存储器中储存的程序代码,以实现如下功能:
与终端设备所在网络的接入网设备之间进行所述终端设备的状态同步;根据所述终端设备的状态,当所述终端设备从连接态进入所述省电模式时,保留所述终端设备在所述连接态时连接的配置;当所述终端设备从所述省电模式返回连接态时,恢复所述连接的配置的使用。
进一步地,处理器还用于与终端设备之间确定所述终端设备从连接态进入省电模式的第一时间信息,及所述终端设备从所述省电模式返回的连接态第二时间信息。其中,如果该第一时间信息和第二时间信息分别是第一预置时间和第二预置时间,则处理器在同步时,当所述终端设备进入连接态的时间超过所述第一预置时间,且没有上下行数据时,确定所述终端设备进入省电模式;当所述终端设备进入所述省电模式的时间或所述终端设备进入所述连接态的时间点到当前时刻的时间超过第二预置时间时,确定所述终端设备从所述省电模式返回所述连接态。
需要说明的是,上述终端设备所处的省电模式可以包括第一省电模式或第二省电模式,则当终端设备处于第一省电模式时,处理器不仅需要保留连接的配置,且还可以控制收发器周期性地发送寻呼信息给所述终端设备;当终端设备处于第二省电模式时,收发器不发送信息给所述终端设备,但需要处理器保留连接的配置,即在第二省电模式下,终端设备对于网络是不可达的。
可见,当终端设备可以在省电模式与连接态之间直接转换的过程中,核心网设备需要与接入网设备之间进行终端设备的状态的同步,使得核心网设备在
终端设备处于省电模式时,不寻呼或不要发送数据给该终端设备,或只是周期性地寻呼该终端设备,这样能节省了核心网设备的信令流程。
在具体的实施例中,接入网设备具体可以包括如下几种方式的同步:
(1)收发器接收终端设备所在网络的接入网设备发送的第一状态信息,所述第一状态信息中包括所述终端设备进入省电模式的信息。
在本实施例中,如果收发器接收的第一状态信息是指终端设备已经进入上述第二省电模式的信息,则说明终端设备是不可达的,处理器还用于根据所述第一状态信息,控制收发器停止寻呼或停止发送数据给所述终端设备;如果收发器接收的第一状态信息中除了包括终端设备进入省电模式的信息,还包括终端设备监听寻呼信息的周期信息,则说明终端设备进入了上述第一省电模式,收发器还用于根据所述第一状态信息,控制收发器周期性地寻呼该终端设备;如果收发器接收的第一状态信息中的信息指示终端设备进入上述第一省电模式,则处理器还用于根据所述第一状态信息及预置的周期信息,控制收发器周期性地寻呼该终端设备。
(2)收发器用于接收所述接入网设备发送的第三状态信息,所述第三状态信息中包括所述终端设备进入所述连接态的信息,则处理器根据所述第三状态信息,及所述终端设备从所述连接态进入省电模式的第一时间信息,确定所述终端设备什么时候进入省电模式。且根据终端设备从省电模式返回连接态的第二时间信息,确定终端设备什么时候返回连接态。
(3)收发器用于接收所述接入网设备发送的第四状态信息,所述第四状态信息是当所述终端设备离开所述连接态时所述接入网设备发送的,所述第四状态信息中包括:所述终端设备离开所述连接态的信息。
则处理器还用于根据所述收发器接收的第四状态信息,确定所述终端设备从所述连接态进入所述省电模式或其它状态。具体地,如果终端设备进入连接态的时间超过第一预置时间,且没有上下行数据时,则确定终端设备是从连接态进入了省电模式;如果终端设备进入连接态的时间未超过第一预置时间,或超过第一预置时间且有上下行数据时,则确定终端设备是从连接态进入了其它状态,则停止对终端终端设备进入省电模式的时间进行计时,或停止对终端设备进入连接态的时间点到当前时刻的时间进行计时,可以根据该第四状态信息
执行其它状态的操作,比如开始正常寻呼或开始发送数据给终端设备。
(4)收发器用于接收所述接入网设备发送的第二状态信息,所述第二状态信息中包括:所述终端设备离开所述省电模式的信息,其中,所述第二状态信息是所述终端设备从所述连接态进入省电模式后,所述接入网设备发送的。则所述处理器,还用于根据所述第二状态信息,确定终端设备在什么时候离开省电模式。
在其中一种情况下,处理器具体用于如果终端设备从连接态进入省电模式后,控制收发器通过所述接入网设备向所述终端设备发送信息时,收发器才会接收到所述接入网设备发送的所述第二状态信息,所述第二状态信息中包括的信息指示所述终端设备离开所述省电模式的时间信息,则处理器还可以根据该第二状态信息,在确定终端设备离开所述省电模式时,控制收发器开始正常寻呼或开始发送数据给所述终端设备。在另一种情况下,收发器具体用于如果终端设备从连接态进入省电模式后,又从省电模式返回所述连接态时,才会接收到所述接入网设备发送的所述第二状态信息,则第二状态信息中包括的信息指示所述终端设备已经离开所述省电模式。
本发明实施例还提供一种传输发起系统,主要包括终端设备、所述终端设备所在网络的接入网设备和核心网设备,其中:所述终端设备可以是如上述设备实施例五所述的终端设备,接入网设备可以是可以如上述设备实施例七所述的接入网设备,核心网设备的结构可以是如上述设备实施例八所述的核心网设备,在此不进行赘述。
本发明实施例还提供另一种传输发起系统,主要包括终端设备和所述终端设备所在网络的接入网设备,其中,所述终端设备可以是如上述设备实施例五所述的终端设备,接入网设备可以是如上述设备实施例六所述的接入网设备,在此不进行赘述。
本发明方法实施例一
提供一种传输发起方法,主要是应用于终端设备所处的移动网络系统中,在移动网络系统中,终端设备一般都是通过接入网连接到核心网(Core
Network,CN)中,本实施例的方法是由终端设备所执行的方法,流程图如图6所示,包括:
步骤101,获取终端设备从连接态进入省电模式的第一时间信息,及终端设备从省电模式返回连接态的第二时间信息,具体地,终端设备,可以向网络设备发送请求消息,该请求消息用于请求网络设备配置第一时间信息和/或第二时间信息;然后接收网络设备返回的响应消息,该响应消息中包括第一时间信息和/或第二时间信息;其中,网络设备为终端设备所在网络的接入网设备,或核心网设备。
在上述请求消息中可以包括终端设备推荐使用的第一时间信息和/或第二时间信息,如果网络设备接收到请求消息时,根据其中包括的终端设备推荐的第一时间信息和/或第二时间信息,及网络侧的实际情况最终确定第一时间信息和/或第二时间信息。如果最终确定的第一时间信息和第二时间信息中某一个与终端设备推荐使用的不一致,则在上述返回的响应消息中可以包括不一致的第一时间信息和/或第二时间信息。
步骤102,根据上述步骤101获取的第一时间信息,从连接态转换到省电模式,当将终端设备转换到省电模式下,保留终端设备在所述连接态时接入层的配置。具体地,上述第一时间信息可以为第一预置时间,则当终端设备进入连接态的时间超过第一预置时间,且没有上下行数据时,终端设备进入省电模式。
可以理解,当终端设备接入到网络后,终端设备的RRC状态可以包括空闲态(idle Mode)和连接态,在本实施例中,终端设备在接入到网络后的状态还可以包括省电模式。其中,连接态又可以分为如下4种状态:CELL_DCH状态;CELL_FACH状态;ELL_PCH状态;URA_PCH状态。具体地,各种状态的转化示意图如图7所示:
(1)在CELL_DCH状态下,终端设备的上行和下行都分配有一个专用物理信道;根据终端设备当前的活动集可以知道终端设备所在的小区;终端设备可以使用专用传输信道,下行/上行共享传输信道或这些传输信道的组合。
终端设备可以在CELL_FACH状态使用公共传输信道通过信道切换后使用专用传输信道,从而进入到CELL_DCH状态;终端设备在空闲态下将RRC
连接建立在专用信道上,从而使得终端设备进入CELL_DCH状态。终端设备也可以进入到寻呼信道状态。
(2)在CELL_FACH状态下,终端设备未分配有专用传输信道,需要监听一个下行FACH信道;终端设备分配有一个默认的上行公共信道或上行共享传输信道例如RACH;终端设备的位置在小区级为UTRAN所知,具体为终端设备最近一次发起小区更新时报告的小区。
终端设备会执行如下认为任务:监听一个FACH;监听当前服务小区的广播信道(Broadcast Channel,BCH)以解码系统信息;在小区发生改变时发起一个小区更新过程;在随机接入信道(Random Access Channel,RACH)上传送上行控制信令和小数据包。
在CELL_FACH状态下,如果数据业务在一段时间里未被激活,则终端设备将进入CELL_PCH状态以减少功率的损耗,且当终端设备暂时脱离CELL_PCH状态时,执行小区更新。
(3)在CELL_PCH状态下,终端设备没有分配有专用信道;终端设备不能有任何上行的活动;不能使用专用控制信道(Dedicated Control Channel,DCCH)的逻辑信道,如果网络侧试图发起任何活动,需要在终端设备所在小区的PCCH逻辑信道上发送一个寻呼请求;终端设备的位置在小区级为UTRAN所知,具体为终端设备在CELL_FACH状态时最近一次发起小区更新时所报告的小区。
终端设备会执行以下任务:使用非连续接收(Discontinuous Reception,DRX)技术在某个特定的寻呼时刻监听PCH传输信道上的信息,具体地,根据DRX周期监听寻呼时刻并接收PCH上的寻呼消息;监听终端设备当前所在服务小区的BCH以解码系统信息;当终端设备所在小区改变时发起小区更新过程。
终端设备可以通过UTRAN寻呼或通过任何上行接入,从CELL_PCH状态转换到CELL_FACH状态或者CELL_DCH状态。
(4)在URA_PCH状态下与在CELL_PCH状态下的终端设备类似,不同的是,终端设备只有在路由区发生改变(而不是小区改变)时才会发起位置更新过程。网络侧只有终端设备路由区的信息,需要在整个路由区寻呼才能找到
终端设备。
(5)本实施例中的省电模式可以包括第一省电模式或是第二省电模式,在第二省电模式下,终端设备的射频模块关闭,即不能进行上行和下行传输,此时终端设备不会监听寻呼信息,核心网设备不能直接连接或寻呼到该终端设备,但仍然会保持RRC连接以及PDP附着。在第一省电模式下,终端设备不仅需要保留接入层的配置,还需要周期性地监听寻呼信息,当监听的寻呼信息指示有数据传输时,该终端设备可以第一省电模式转换到连接态。
本实施例中,终端设备进入连接态的时间超过第一预置时间,且没有上下行数据时,可以直接进入省电模式,比如第一省电模式或第二省电模式,其中第一预置时间可以是终端设备与接入网设备或与核心网协商得到的。
如果终端设备在这种情况下进入省电模式时,会保留终端设备在连接态时接入层的配置,包括保持RRC连接等连接的信息,且还可以包括Iu口(接入网与核心网之间的连接接口)的信息,鉴权信息,安全认证信息和PDP激活信息等,还可以保持终端设备在连接态时启动的任何一个定时器,比如定时器T305等。其中定时器T305是当终端设备进入连接态时启动的定时器,当该T305超时时,终端设备会进行小区更新操作。
步骤103,根据上述步骤101中获取的第二时间信息,从省电模式转换到连接态,当终端设备从省电模式返回连接态,根据保留的接入层的配置发起传输。终端设备从省电模式返回连接态,之后终端设备可以直接使用在省电模式下保持的RRC连接,且会执行连接态下的任务,比如小区更新(Cell Update,CU),跟踪区更新(Tracking Area Update,TAU)或路由区更新(Routing Area Update,RAU)等。
具体地,上述第二时间信息可以为第二预置时间,则当终端设备进入省电模式的时间或终端设备进入所述连接态的时间点到当前时刻的时间超过第二预置时间时,该终端设备可以从上述省电模式返回到连接态。
在具体实施例中,终端设备会设置两个定时器即定时器T1和T2,在一种情况下,当终端设备进入连接态时,可以同时启动定时器T1和T2;在另一种情况下,当终端设备进入连接态时,启动定时器T1,当终端设备进入省电模式时,启动定时器T2。则在本实施例的方法中,如果该定时器T1超时且没有
上下行数据时,则终端设备从连接态进入省电模式,当定时器T2超时时,终端设备从省电模式返回连接态。
在另一个具体的实施例中,在一种情况下,终端设备在省电模式下有数据传输或信令传输时,可以不需要等待终端设备进入省电模式的时间或终端设备进入连接态的时间点到当前时刻的时间超过第二预置时间,就从省电模式返回信道寻呼状态。在另一种情况下,当终端设备在省电模式下有信令传输时,需要等待终端设备进入省电模式的时间或终端设备进入连接态的时间点到当前时刻的时间超过第二预置时间,才从省电模式返回信道寻呼状态。
其中,信令传输可以包括:终端设备进入连接态后的小区更新信令的传输,具体地,是在终端设备进入连接态时,启动上述的定时器T305,如果终端设备处于省电模式的过程中,该定时器T305才超时,则终端设备需要进行的小区更新信令的传输;
上述信令传输还可以包括:终端设备不在服务状态后的重连信令的传输,这种情况是当终端设备处于省电模式时,搜索不到网络信号,即不在服务状态,则终端设备会启动一个定时器T316,如果该定时器T316超时时,终端设备需要传输的重新连接网络的信令。
可见,在本实施例中,终端设备通过上述步骤102和103实现了终端设备从省电模式直接转换到连接态,且在省电模式下,终端设备会保留在连接态时接入层的配置,这样终端设备可以在连接态直接发起传输,而现有技术中终端设备需要从PSM模式先进入到空闲态,然后在空闲态发起传输,比较而言,在本发明实施例中,由于从连接态发起传输时的流程会比较少,具体可以通过保留的RRC连接和Iu口的连接直接发送传输,从而节省了从空闲态发起传输时的RRC连接建立,NAS信令连接,鉴权,安全认证和PDP激活等过程,降低了终端设备的耗能,进而达到终端设备节点的目的。
本发明方法实施例二
提供一种终端设备的状态处理方法,主要是应用于终端设备所处的移动网络系统中,在移动网络系统中,终端设备一般都是通过接入网连接到核心网中,本实施例的方法是由终端设备所在网络的接入网设备所执行的方法,其中接入
网设备是终端设备所在接入网中部署的设备,比如RNC等,本实施例方法流程图如图8所示,包括:
步骤201,终端设备所在网络的接入网设备确定终端设备从连接态进入省电模式的第一时间信息,及终端设备从省电模式返回连接态的第二时间信息,将所述第一时间信息和/或第二时间信息发送给终端设备。
在一个具体实现的过程中,接入网设备可以在终端设备通过接入网设备连接到网络后,主动确定第一时间信息和第二时间信息后,并发送给终端设备。
或者,在另一个具体的实施例中,接入网设备需要接收到终端设备发送的第一请求消息,该第一请求消息用于请求接入网设备配置第一时间信息和/或第二时间信息;该接入网设备才会根据第一请求消息,最终确定第一时间信息和第二时间信息,且还会将最终确定的第一时间信息和/或第二时间信息发送给终端设备。
步骤202,接入网设备根据上述确定的第一时间信息和第二时间信息,当终端设备在连接态与省电模式之间直接转换时,接入网设备也会根据上述第一时间信息和第二时间信息同步地确定终端设备的状态。
在具体实现过程中,如果上述第一时间信息和第二时间信息分别为第一预置时间和第二预置时间,则当终端设备进入连接态的时间超过第一预置时间,且没有上下行数据时,接入网设备确定终端设备进入省电模式;当终端设备进入所述省电模式的时间或终端设备进入所述连接态的时间点到当前时刻的时间超过第二预置时间时,接入网设备确定所述终端设备从所述省电模式返回所述连接态。
进一步地,如果终端设备在进入所述省电模式的时间或所述终端设备进入所述连接态的时间点到当前时刻的时间未超过第二预置时间时,临时决定从省电模式进入连接态并发起传输时,该接入网设备也能根据发起的传输确定终端设备的状态是返回到连接态。
步骤203,根据上述步骤202确定的终端设备的状态,当终端设备从连接态进入所述省电模式时,保留终端设备在连接态时接入层的配置;当终端设备从省电模式返回连接态时,恢复接入层的配置的使用。
其中,接入网设备保留的终端设备在连接态时接入层的配置,具体可以包
括:无线资源控制连接等连接的信息,进一步地,该接入层的配置还可以包括分组数据协议激活信息,鉴权信息,安全认证信息,及终端设备所在网络的接入网设备与核心网设备之间的接口信息等。且接入层的配置还可以包括:终端设备在连接态时启动的任何一个定时器的信息等。
需要说明的是,上述终端设备所处的省电模式包括第一省电模式或第二省电模式,则接入网设备在终端设备处于第一省电模式时,会周期性地发送寻呼信息给终端设备;接入网设备在终端设备处于第二省电模式时,不发送信息给终端设备。其中,本实施例中,当接入网设备确定了终端设备进入上述第二省电模式后,并不会向核心网设备同步该终端设备的状态,则核心网设备还会发送信息给终端设备,当接入网设备接收到核心网设备发给终端设备的信息后,会向核心网设备发送失败消息或不向核心网设备发送任何回复。当接入网设备确定了终端设备进入上述第一省电模式后,并不会向核心网设备同步该终端设备的状态,则核心网设备还会发送信息给终端设备,当接入网设备接收到核心网设备发给终端设备的信息后,如果终端设备在监听寻呼信息的周期未到来时,会向核心网设备发送失败消息或不向核心网设备发送任何回复,如果该周期到来,则会将寻呼信息发送给终端设备。
可见,本实施例的方法中,终端设备可以在连接态与本实施例中所述的省电模式之间直接转换,在这个过程中,本实施例的接入网设备需要根据确定的第一时间信息和第二时间信息,同步地确定终端设备的状态,且对接入层的配置进行保留和恢复,而接入网设备的其它执行流程可以按照现有流程进行处理,在此不进行赘述,使得可以通过对现有的系统进行较小的改变,即可实现连接态与本实施例中所述的省电模式之间直接转换。
本发明方法实施例三和四
提供分别一种终端设备的状态处理方法,主要是应用于终端设备所处的移动网络系统中,由终端设备所在网络的接入网设备所执行的方法,其中接入网设备是终端设备所在接入网中部署的设备,比如RNC等,则终端设备的状态处理方法包括:
A1:确定终端设备的状态,主要是当终端设备在连接态与省电模式之间
直接转换时,接入网设备也会同步地确定终端设备的状态。
A2:根据上述步骤A1确定的终端设备的状态,与核心网设备之间进行终端设备的状态同步,即接入网设备会同步地将终端设备的状态通知给核心网设备。
A3:根据上述步骤A1确定的终端设备的状态,当终端设备从连接态进入省电模式时,保留终端设备在连接态时接入层的配置;当终端设备从省电模式返回连接态时,恢复接入层的配置的使用。其中,接入网设备保留的终端设备在连接态时接入层的配置,具体可以包括:无线资源控制连接等连接的信息,进一步地,该接入层的配置还可以包括:分组数据协议激活信息,鉴权信息,安全认证信息,及终端设备所在网络的接入网设备与核心网设备之间的接口信息等。且接入层的配置还可以包括:终端设备在连接态时启动的任何一个定时器的信息等。
需要说明的是,上述终端设备所处的省电模式可以包括第一省电模式或第二省电模式,则当终端设备处于第一省电模式时,接入网设备不仅需要保留接入层的配置,且需要周期性地发送寻呼信息给所述终端设备;当终端设备处于第二省电模式时,接入网设备不发送信息给所述终端设备,但需要保留接入层的配置,即在第二省电模式下,终端设备对于网络是不可达的。
在具体实现的过程中,接入网设备可以分别通过如下方法实施例三和四,与核心网设备之间进行终端设备的状态同步,具体地:
本发明方法实施例三,方法流程图如图9所示,包括:
步骤301,接入网设备确定终端设备从连接态进入省电模式的第一时间信息,及终端设备从省电模式返回的连接态第二时间信息。
上述第一时间信息和第二时间信息可以是终端设备与核心网设备之间进行协商,或终端设备与核心网设备协商好后,由终端设备或核心网设备告知接入网设备的,具体地:在一种情况下,接入网设备接收终端设备发送的第一请求消息,该第一请求消息用于请求接入网设备配置第一时间信息和/或第二时间信息;接入网设备向终端设备返回的第一响应消息,第一响应消息中包括第一时间信息和/或第二时间信息。在另一种情况下,接入网设备直接接收终端设备或核心网设备发送的第一时间信息和/或第二时间信息,第一时间信息和/
或第二时间信息是由核心网设备与终端设备协商好后发送给接入网设备的。
步骤302,接入网设备根据上述步骤301确定的第一时间信息,当确定终端设备从连接态进入省电模式时,执行步骤303;如果根据上述步骤301确定的第二时间信息,当确定终端设备从省电模式返回连接态时,执行步骤304。
具体地,如果上述第一时间信息和第二时间信息分别为第一预置时间和第二预置时间,则当所述终端设备进入连接态的时间超过所述第一预置时间,且没有上下行数据时,确定所述终端设备进入省电模式;当所述终端设备进入所述省电模式的时间或所述终端设备进入所述连接态的时间点到当前时刻的时间超过第二预置时间时,确定所述终端设备从所述省电模式返回所述连接态。
步骤303,接入网设备与核心网设备之间进行终端设备的状态同步,具体地,接入网设备将第一状态信息发送给核心网设备,在第一状态信息中包括终端设备进入省电模式的信息。且接入网设备会保留终端设备在连接态时接入层的配置。
进一步地,如果接入网设备确定终端设备是进入上述第一省电模式,则可以在上述第一状态信息中还包括终端设备监听寻呼信息的周期信息,使得核心网设备可以根据该周期信息,在终端设备处于第一省电模式时,可以周期性地发送寻呼信息给终端设备;或者接入网设备只是在第一状态信息中包括终端设备进入第一省电模式的信息,而在核心网设备中已经预置了该周期信息,则核心网设备也可以在终端设备处于第一省电模式时,周期性地发送寻呼信息给终端设备。
步骤304,恢复所述接入层的配置的使用。
可见,在本实施例中,终端设备可以在省电模式与连接态之间直接转换,且当从连接态进入到省电模式时,终端设备会保留在连接态时接入层的配置,而在这个过程中,接入网设备需要将上述第一状态信息发送给核心网设备,使得核心网设备得知在什么时候不要寻呼或发送数据给该终端设备,在什么时候只是周期性地寻呼该终端设备,这样能节省了核心网设备的信令流程。
需要说明的是,接入网设备还可以通过如下几种方式,与核心网设备之间同步终端设备的状态:
(1)当接入网设备确定终端设备从连接态进入省电模式后,接入网设备
还可以发送第二状态信息给核心网设备,第二状态信息中包括:终端设备离开所述省电模式的信息。这样在终端设备离开省电模式后,核心网设备就可以正常寻呼或发送数据给该终端设备了。
具体地,在其中一种情况下,当终端设备从连接态进入省电模式时,接入网设备可以先不发送该终端设备进入省电模式的信息给核心网设备,这样核心网设备会继续寻呼或发送数据给终端设备,而核心网设备发送给终端设备的信息(包括寻呼消息或数据包等)会先经过接入网设备;当接入网设备接收到这些信息时,则会发送上述第二状态信息给核心网设备,而在第二状态信息中包括的信息指示终端设备离开省电模式的时间信息。在另一种情况下,当接入网设备确定终端设备从连接态进入省电模式后,又从省电模式再返回到连接态时,发送第二状态信息,该第二状态信息中包括的信息是指终端设备已经离开省电模式的信息。
(2)当接入网设备确定终端设备离开连接态时,还可以将第四状态信息发送给核心网设备,该第四状态信息中包括:终端设备离开连接态的信息。这里终端设备离开连接态可以是指终端设备从连接态进入省电模式,或从连接态进入到其它状态,则核心网设备会根据该第四状态信息,确定终端设备从连接态进入省电模式或其它状态,具体地,当终端设备进入省电模式的时间或终端设备进入连接态的时间点到当前时刻的时间超过第二预置时间时,确定终端设备时进入了省电模式。
本发明方法实施例四,方法流程图如图10所示,包括:
步骤401,接入网设备在确定终端设备的状态时,当确定终端设备进入连接态,执行步骤402。
步骤402,接入网设备将第三状态信息发送给核心网设备,在第三状态信息中包括终端设备进入连接态的信息,该第三状态信息,主要用于核心网设备在接收到该第三状态信息后,根据该第三状态信息,及终端设备从连接态进入省电模式的第一时间信息,确定该终端设备进入省电模式,具体地,当所述终端设备进入所述连接态的时间超过第一预置时间,且没有上下行数据时,则确定所述终端设备进入省电模式。
步骤403,接入网设备根据与终端设备之间同步的终端设备的状态,如果
确定终端设备从连接态进入省电模式时,保留终端设备在连接态时接入层的配置;当终端设备从省电模式返回连接态时,恢复接入层的配置的使用。
其中,接入网设备确定终端设备从连接态进入省电模式的第一时间信息,及终端设备从省电模式返回的连接态第二时间信息。这样接入网设备就可以根据该第一时间信息确定当终端设备进入连接态后的什么时间进入省电模式,根据该第二时间信息确定终端设备什么时候离开省电模式,然后接入网设备就可以执行该步骤403了。上述第一时间信息和第二时间信息可以是终端设备与核心网设备之间进行协商,或终端设备与核心网设备协商好后,由终端设备告知接入网设备的。
具体地,如果上述第一时间信息和第二时间信息分别为第一预置时间和第二预置时间,则当终端设备进入连接态的时间超过第一预置时间,且没有上下行数据时,确定终端设备进入省电模式;当终端设备进入省电模式的时间或终端设备进入连接态的时间点到当前时刻的时间超过第二预置时间时,确定终端设备从省电模式返回连接态。
可见,在本实施例中,终端设备可以在省电模式与连接态之间直接转换,且当进入连接态进入到省电模式时,终端设备会保留在连接态时接入层的配置,而在这个过程中,接入网设备需要将上述第三状态信息发送给核心网设备,核心网设备在确定终端设备进入到省电模式时,不会寻呼或发送数据给该终端设备或周期性地寻呼该终端设备,这样能节省了核心网设备的信令流程。
需要说明的是,接入网设备还可以通过如下几种方式,与核心网设备之间同步终端设备的状态:
(1)当接入网设备确定终端设备从连接态进入省电模式后,可以发送第二状态信息给核心网设备,第二状态信息中包括终端设备离开省电模式的信息。
在一种情况下,当所述终端设备从连接态进入省电模式后,接入网设备可以先不发送该终端设备已经进入省电模式的信息给核心网设备,这样核心网设备会继续寻呼或发送数据给终端设备,而核心网设备发送给终端设备的信息(包括寻呼消息或数据包等)会先经过接入网设备;当接入网设备接收到这些信息时,可以发送第二状态信息给核心网设备,而在第二状态信息中的信息指
示终端设备离开省电模式的时间信息。
在另一种情况下,当接入网设备确定终端设备从连接态进入省电模式后,又从省电模式再返回到连接态时,会发送第二状态信息,该第二状态信息中包括的信息是指终端设备已经离开省电模式的信息。
(2)当接入网设备确定终端设备离开连接态时,接入网设备还可以将第四状态信息发送给核心网设备,该第四状态信息中包括:终端设备离开连接态的信息,该第四状态信息,用于核心网设备根据第四状态信息,确定终端设备从连接态进入省电模式或进入其它状态。这里终端设备离开连接态可以是指终端设备从连接态进入省电模式,或从连接态进入到其它状态,则核心网设备会根据该第四状态信息,就能确定终端设备从连接态进入到省电模式还是进入到其它状态。
本发明方法实施例五和六
提供分别一种终端设备的状态处理方法,主要是应用于终端设备所处的移动网络系统中,由核心网设备所执行的方法,其中核心网设备是核心网中部署的设备,比如SGSN等,则终端设备的状态处理方法包括:
B1:与终端设备所在网络的接入网设备之间进行终端设备的状态同步,主要是当终端设备在连接态与省电模式之间直接转换时,接入网设备会将终端设备的状态同步给核心网设备。
B2:根据上述步骤B1同步的终端设备的状态,当终端设备从连接态进入省电模式时,保留终端设备在连接态时连接的配置;当终端设备从省电模式返回连接态时,恢复连接的配置的使用。其中,核心网设备保留的终端设备在连接态时连接的配置,具体可以包括:分组数据协议激活信息,鉴权信息,安全认证信息,或终端设备所在网络的接入网设备与核心网设备之间的接口信息等。且接入层的配置还可以包括:终端设备在连接态时启动的任何一个定时器的信息等。
需要说明的是,上述终端设备所处的省电模式可以包括第一省电模式或第二省电模式,则当终端设备处于第一省电模式时,核心网设备不仅需要保留连接的配置,且还可以周期性地发送寻呼信息给所述终端设备;当终端设备处于
第二省电模式时,核心网设备不发送信息给所述终端设备,但需要保留连接的配置,即在第二省电模式下,终端设备对于网络是不可达的。
在具体实现的过程中,核心网设备可以分别通过如下方法实施例五和六,与接入网设备之间进行终端设备的状态同步,具体地:
本发明方法实施例五,方法流程图如图11所示,包括:
步骤501,核心网设备在与接入网设备之间进行终端设备的状态同步时,核心网设备接收终端设备所在网络的接入网设备发送的第一状态信息,第一状态信息中包括终端设备进入省电模式的信息。
步骤502,核心网设备根据该第一状态信息,确定终端设备进入省电模式,且保留终端设备在连接态时连接的配置。
在本实施例中,如果核心网设备接收的第一状态信息是指终端设备已经进入上述第二省电模式的信息,则说明终端设备是不可达的,核心网设备还可以根据所述第一状态信息,停止寻呼或停止发送数据给所述终端设备;如果核心网设备接收的第一状态信息中除了包括终端设备进入省电模式的信息,还包括终端设备监听寻呼信息的周期信息,则说明终端设备进入了上述第一省电模式,则核心网设备还可以根据所述第一状态信息,周期性地寻呼该终端设备;如果核心网设备接收的第一状态信息中的信息指示终端设备进入上述第一省电模式,则核心网设备根据所述第一状态信息及预置的周期信息,周期性地寻呼该终端设备。
可见,在本实施例中,终端设备可以在省电模式与连接态之间直接转换,且当从连接态进入到省电模式时,终端设备会保留在连接态时接入层的配置,而在这个过程中,接入网设备需要将上述第一状态信息发送给核心网设备,使得核心网设备根据该第一状态信息,不寻呼或不发送数据给该终端设备,或只是周期性地寻呼该终端设备,这样能节省了核心网设备的信令流程。
需要说明的是,核心网设备还可以通过如下几种方式,与接入网设备之间同步终端设备的状态:
(1)核心网设备接收到接入网设备发送的第二状态信息,第二状态信息中包括:终端设备离开所述省电模式的信息,其中,第二状态信息是所述终端设备从所述连接态进入省电模式后,所述接入网设备发送的;则核心网设备根
据第二状态信息,确定终端设备返回寻呼进到状态,则开始寻呼或开始发送数据给终端设备,确定在什么时候离开省电模式。
在其中一种情况下,如果终端设备从连接态进入省电模式后,核心网设备通过所述接入网设备向所述终端设备发送信息时,才接收到所述接入网设备发送的所述第二状态信息,所述第二状态信息中包括的信息指示所述终端设备离开所述省电模式的时间信息,则核心网设备可以根据该第二状态信息,在确定终端设备离开所述省电模式时,开始正常寻呼或开始发送数据给所述终端设备。在另一种情况下,如果终端设备从连接态进入省电模式后,又从省电模式返回所述连接态时,核心网设备会接收到所述接入网设备发送的所述第二状态信息,则第二状态信息中包括的信息指示所述终端设备已经离开所述省电模式。
(2)当终端设备离开连接态时,接入网设备会向核心网设备发送第四状态信息,当核心网设备接收接入网设备发送的第四状态信息,该第四状态信息中包括:终端设备离开连接态的信息,这里终端设备离开连接态具体可以是指终端设备从连接态进入省电模式,或终端设备从连接态进入到其它状态。则核心网设备会根据该第四状态信息,就能确定终端设备从连接态进入省电模式还是进入其它状态,具体地,如果终端设备进入连接态的时间超过第一预置时间且没有上下行数据时,则确定终端设备是从连接态进入了省电模式;如果终端设备进入连接态的时间未超过第一预置时间,或超过第一预置时间且有上下行数据时,则确定终端设备是从连接态进入了其它状态,则停止对终端终端设备进入省电模式的时间进行计时,或停止对终端设备进入连接态的时间点到当前时刻的时间进行计时,可以根据该第四状态信息执行其它状态的操作,比如开始正常寻呼或开始发送数据给终端设备。
本发明方法实施例六,方法流程图如图12所示,包括:
步骤601,核心网设备确定终端设备从连接态进入省电模式的第一时间信息,及终端设备从省电模式返回的连接态第二时间信息。
步骤602,在核心网设备与接入网设备之间进行终端设备的状态同步时,如果终端设备进入连接态时,核心网设备接收终端设备所在网络的接入网设备发送的第三状态信息,第三状态信息中包括终端设备进入连接态的信息。
步骤603,核心网设备根据该第三状态信息,及终端设备从连接态进入省电模式的第一时间信息,确定该终端设备进入省电模式,并保留终端设备在连接态时连接的配置。
步骤604,核心网设备根据终端设备从省电模式返回的连接态第二时间信息,确定终端设备返回寻信道状态时,恢复上述连接的配置的使用。
在具体实现过程中,该第一时间信息和第二时间可以分别是第一预置时间和第二预置时间,则当终端设备进入连接态的时间超过第一预置时间,且没有上下行数据时,核心网设备确定终端设备进入省电模式;当终端设备进入省电模式的时间或所述终端设备进入连接态的时间点到当前时刻的时间超过第二预置时间时,核心网设备确定终端设备从省电模式返回连接态。
可见,在本实施例中,终端设备可以在省电模式与连接态之间直接转换,且当从连接态进入到省电模式时,终端设备会保留在连接态时接入层的配置,而在这个过程中,接入网设备需要将上述第三状态信息发送给核心网设备,使得核心网设备对终端设备进入连接态的时间进行计时,当根据该计时时间,确定终端设备进入省电模式时,不寻呼或不发送数据给该终端设备,或者只是周期性地寻呼终端设备,这样能节省了核心网设备的信令流程。
需要说明的是,核心网设备还可以通过如下几种方式,与接入网设备之间同步终端设备的状态:
(1)核心网设备接收到接入网设备发送的第二状态信息,第二状态信息中包括:终端设备离开所述省电模式的信息,其中,第二状态信息是所述终端设备从所述连接态进入省电模式后,所述接入网设备发送的;则核心网设备根据第二状态信息,确定终端设备返回寻呼进到状态,则开始寻呼或开始发送数据给终端设备,确定在什么时候离开省电模式。
在其中一种情况下,如果终端设备从连接态进入省电模式后,核心网设备通过所述接入网设备向所述终端设备发送信息时,才接收到所述接入网设备发送的所述第二状态信息,所述第二状态信息中包括的信息指示所述终端设备离开所述省电模式的时间信息,则核心网设备可以根据该第二状态信息,在确定终端设备离开所述省电模式时,开始正常寻呼或开始发送数据给所述终端设备。在另一种情况下,如果终端设备从连接态进入省电模式后,又从省电模式
返回所述连接态时,核心网设备会接收到所述接入网设备发送的所述第二状态信息,则第二状态信息中包括的信息指示所述终端设备已经离开所述省电模式。
(2)当终端设备离开连接态时,接入网设备会向核心网设备发送第四状态信息,当核心网设备接收接入网设备发送的第四状态信息,该第四状态信息中包括:终端设备离开连接态的信息,这里终端设备离开连接态具体可以是指终端设备从连接态进入省电模式,或终端设备从连接态进入到其它状态。则核心网设备会根据该第四状态信息,就能确定终端设备从连接态进入省电模式还是进入其它状态,具体地,如果终端设备进入连接态的时间超过第一预置时间且没有上下行数据时,则确定终端设备是从连接态进入了省电模式;如果终端设备进入连接态的时间未超过第一预置时间,或超过第一预置时间且有上下行数据时,则确定终端设备是从连接态进入了其它状态,则停止对终端终端设备进入省电模式的时间进行计时,或停止对终端设备进入连接态的时间点到当前时刻的时间进行计时,可以根据该第四状态信息执行其它状态的操作,比如开始正常寻呼或开始发送数据给终端设备。
以下以几个具体的应用实施例来说明本发明实施例中提供的方法,在这些实施例中接入网设备为RNC,核心网设备为SGSN,其中终端设备所处的省电模式为上述第二省电模式。
本发明方法实施例七,方法流程图如图13所示,包括:
步骤701,终端设备向SGSN发送NAS消息比如附着请求消息,或发送TAU/RAU请求消息(Request Message)时,在这些消息中携带该终端设备推荐使用的第一预置时间和第二预置时间,用来请求SGSN配置这两个时间。
步骤702,SGSN会在附着接受消息,或TAU/RAU接受(Accept)消息中携带SGSN最终确定的第一预置时间和/或第二预置时间。
可以理解,终端设备、RNC和SGSN,在终端设备与SGSN协商完上述第一预置时间和第二预置时间后,终端设备可以通过小区更新(Cell Update)或无线信道配置(Radio Channel Reconfiguration)消息,将协商好的第一预置时间和第二预置时间发送给RNC;同时RNC也会应答终端设备,该RNC是
否支持连接态与省电模式直接转换的功能,只有终端设备和RNC都支持才会进行后续的步骤。
或者,由SGSN将协商好的第一预置时间和第二预置时间通知给RNC。
或者,在其它情况下,RNC会在系统信息块(SIB)中携带该RNC是否支持连接态与省电模式直接转换的功能的信息,发送给终端设备,只有在支持的情况下,才会执行上述701和702的步骤。
步骤703,当终端设备进入连接态时,同时启动定时器T1和T2,其超时时间分别为第一预置时间及第二预置时间,如果定时器T1超时且没有上下行数据时,则终端设备会从连接态进入省电模式,此时,终端设备对核心网不可达,即核心网设备无法寻呼到或不能发送数据给该终端设备,且在AS的配置保持不变,所有已经开始运行的定时器继续运行,但终端设备不需要执行任何连接态下的任务。如果定时器T2超即终端设备在上述进入连接态的时间点到当前时刻的时间超过第二预置时间时,则终端设备从省电模式返回连接态。
需要说明的是,一种情况下,当终端设备处于省电模式的过程,如果有数据传输或信令传输,则终端设备可以结束省电模式而进入连接态,并从连接态发起传输业务。在另一种情况下,当终端设备处于省电模式的过程中,如果有信令传输时,则终端设备会等待定时器T2超时时,才进行信令传输。以下以连接操作为终端设备进入连接态时的小区更新操作为例说明。
当终端设备进入连接态后,会启动定时器T305,用于此状态下的周期性的小区更新。具体地:
A、如果定时器T305的时间小于定时器T1的时间,则在终端设备未进入省电模式时,终端设备就会执行小区更新操作,使得终端设备离开连接态而进入其它状态,则使得定时器T1终止,而终端设备始终不会进入省电模式。
B、如果定时器T305的时间等于定时器T1的时间,则T305和T1会同时超时,终端设备只能满足一个定时器的动作要求,为保证终端设备能进入省电模式,不作定时器T305超时对应的小区更新行为。
C、如果定时器T305的时间大于定时器T1的时间,且小于定时器T2的时间,则说明当终端设备进入省电模式后,定时器T305才超时,需要进行小区更新操作,此时,终端设备可以立即结束省电模式来执行该小区更新操作,
或者等待定时器T2超时时,才执行该小区更新操作。
D、如果定时器T305的时间等定时器T2的时间,则终端设备每次从省电模式返回到连接态时,都需要进行小区更新操作。
步骤704,在执行上述步骤703的同时,RNC将终端设备进入连接态的信息通知给SGSN,则SGSN根据上述步骤701与702中协商的第一预置时间和第二预置时间,同时启动定时器T1和T2,在定时器T1超时后如果终端设备没有上下行数据,则SGSN就停止寻呼或停止发送数据给终端设备,并在定时器T2超时时,开始寻呼或开始发送数据给终端设备。具体地,RNC可以通过直接信息传输(DIRECT INFORMATION TRANSFER)消息通知SGSN,也可以通过其它消息比如位置上报(Location Report)等消息通知SGSN。
如果在定时器T1超时前,终端设备离开连接态,则RNC将终端设备离开连接态的信息发送给SGSN,这样SGSN会停止定时T1和T2的运行。如果在定时器T1超时后,且定时器T2未超时时,终端设备自行决定结束省电模式,则RNC将终端设备离开省电模式的信息发送给SGSN,这样SGSN会开始寻呼或开始发送数据给终端设备。
以“直接信息传输”消息为例,说明RNC如何携带这些状态信息,如表1所示:
表1
可见,在直接信息传输消息中可以包括信元(Information Element,IE)/组名称(Group Name),是否存在(Presence),信元类型和参考(IE type and reference),语义描述(Semantics description),是否临界(Criticality)及指定临界(Assigned Criticality)等字段。其中,在直接信息传输消息中可以包括如下信元:消息类型(Message Type),内系统信息传输类型(Inter-system Information Transfer Type),核心网域指示(CN Domain Indicator),全球RNC标识(Global RNC-ID),全球核心网标识(Global CN-ID),扩展的RNC标识(Extended RNC-ID)及终端设备进入或离开PCH状态(Enter/Leave PCH state)等信元。
而通过“进入或离开状态”信元的“O”值表示终端设备进入PCH状态,在其它情况下,可以用值“1”表示终端设备进入PCH状态,用值“0”表示终端设备离开PCH状态。
本发明方法实施例八,方法流程图如图14所示,包括:
步骤801,终端设备向SGSN发送附着请求或TAU/RAU请求消息,其中携带第二预置时间。
步骤802,SGSN向终端设备返回附着接受,或TAU/RAU接受消息,其
中携带最终确定的第二预置时间。与上述实施例七类似,终端设备也可以将该第二预置时间发送给RNC,以确定RNC也支持连接态与省电模式之间的之间转换的功能,才执行后续的步骤。或者,由SGSN将协商好的第二预置时间通知给RNC。
步骤803,当终端设备进入连接态时,启动定时器T1,当定时器T1超时且没有上下行数据时,终端设备进入省电模式,同时启动定时器T2,如果定时器T2超(即终端设备进入省电模式的时间超过第二预置时间)时,则终端设备从省电模式返回连接态。其中定时器T2的超时时间为上述步骤801和802中协商的第二预置时间,定时器T1可以用上述的定时器T305来代替,即当终端设备进入连接态时,再启动一个定时器T305,该定时器T1的时间也可以按照上述步骤801和802的方法进行协商得到第一预置时间。
在本实施例中,终端设备根据定时器T1、T2和T305的时间之间关系进行的操作与上述实施例七类似,不同的是在上述的C情况下,是当定时器T305的时间大于定时器T1的时间,且小于定时器T1和T2的时间之和时,执行上述相应的操作;而在上述的D情况下,是当定时器T305的时间等于定时器T1和T2的时间之和时,执行上述相应的操作。
步骤804,在执行上述步骤803的同时,如果终端设备从连接态进入省电模式,则RNC将终端设备进入省电模式的信息通知给SGSN,这样SGSN会停止寻呼或停止发送数据给该终端设备,且SGSN可以按照上述协商好的第二预置时间,启动定时器T2,如果定时器T2超时时,则SGSN开始寻呼或开始发送数据给终端设备。
如果在定时器T2未超时时,终端设备临时决定从省电模式返回连接态,则RNC将终端设备离开省电模式的信息通知给SGSN,这样SGSN会开始寻呼或开始发送数据给该终端设备。
具体地,RNC可以通过直接信息传输消息或其它消息将这些状态信息发送给SGSN,其中直接信息传输消息的结构与上述表1中类似,不同的是,本实施例中,在直接信息传输消息中没有“进入或离开状态”的信元,而是包括“进入省电模式的标识”信元,用于指示终端设备是否进入省电模式。
本发明方法实施例九,方法流程图如图15所示,包括:
步骤901,终端设备向RNC发送RRC消息,其中携带第一预置时间和第二预置时间,RRC消息可以是服务请求(Service Request)或小区更新(Cell Update)消息。
步骤902,RNC向终端设备返回最终确定的第一预置时间和第二预置时间,具体可以携带在小区更新确认(Cell update Confirm)消息中发送给终端设备。由终端设备或RNC将最终确定的第一预置时间和第二预置时间发送给SGSN,完成三方协商。
步骤903,当终端设备进入连接态时,启动定时器T1,当定时器T1超时且没有上下行数据时,终端设备进入省电模式,同时启动定时器T2,如果定时器T2超时,则终端设备从省电模式返回连接态。其中定时器T1和T2的超时时间分别为第一预置时间和第二预置时间。
步骤904,在执行上述步骤903的同时,当终端设备的状态发生改变时,RNC通知给SGSN的信息与上述步骤604类似,在此不进行赘述。
而在另一种情况下,当SGSN接收到RNC发送的终端设备进入省电模式的信息时,也可以不用启动定时器T2,则RNC必须将终端设备离开省电模式的信息也通知给SGSN,这样SGSN可以知道从什么时候开始寻呼或开始发送数据给终端设备。
本发明方法实施例十,方法流程图如图16所示,包括:
步骤1001,终端设备向RNC发送RRC消息,其中携带第一预置时间和第二预置时间,RRC消息可以是服务请求或小区更新消息。
步骤1002,RNC向终端设备返回最终确定的第一预置时间和第二预置时间,具体可以携带在小区更新确认消息中发送给终端设备。由终端设备会RNC将最终确定的第一预置时间和第二预置时间发送给SGSN,完成三方协商。
步骤1003,当终端设备进入连接态时,启动定时器T1,当定时器T1超时且没有上下行数据时,终端设备进入省电模式,同时启动定时器T2,如果定时器T2超时,则终端设备从省电模式返回连接态。其中定时器T1和T2的超时时间分别为第一预置时间和第二预置时间。
步骤1004,在执行上述步骤1003的同时,当终端设备进入省电模式时,RNC不会将终端设备进入省电模式的信息发送给SGSN,这样SGSN还是会
寻呼或发送数据给该终端设备;当SGSN发送给终端设备的信息达到RNC时,此时RNC会将终端设备离开省电模式的时间信息通知给SGSN,这样SGSN就知道什么时候开始寻呼或开始发送数据给终端设备,或者RNC不会将终端设备离开省电模式的时间信息通知给SGSN,而是向SGSN发送失败消息或不向SGSN发送任何回复。
如果在定时器T2未超时时,终端设备临时决定从省电模式返回连接态,则RNC将终端设备离开省电模式的信息通知给SGSN,这样SGSN会开始寻呼或开始发送数据给该终端设备。
下面对本发明实施例中的寻呼方法进行描述:
需要说明的是,本发明实施例中,第一非连续接收技术中非连续接收周期的长度大于第二非连续接收技术中非连续接收周期的长度,该第二非连续接收技术中非连续接收周期的长度的最大取值为5.12秒,该第二非连续接收技术可以为普通的非连续接收技术DRX,其非连续接收周期的长度的最大取值可以为5.12秒,该第一非连续接收技术可以为增强的非连续技术eDRX,该第一非连续接收技术中非连续接收周期的长度大于该第二非连续接收技术中非连续接收周期的长度,例如可以为40.96秒。其中,第一非连续接收技术相对于第二非连续接收技术,在UE计算寻呼时机的机制上不变,仅拉长了非连续接收的周期。
需要说明的是,在确定了非连续接收周期的长度后,可以计算被寻呼的用户设备(假设为上述UE)的寻呼时机:
具体的,根据被寻呼的用户设备的国际移动用户识别码(International Mobile Subscriber Identification Number,IMSI)和被寻呼的用户设备的非连续接收周期长度,可以按照如下公式(1)计算被寻呼的用户设备的寻呼时机;
PO={(IMSI/K)%(DRXcycle/PBP)}*PBP+n*DRXcycle+FO;n=0,1,2…m,当n≦m时,PO≦4095; 公式(1)
其中,m为n的最大值,当n>m时,PO>4095。
其中,在上述公式(1)中,PO为被寻呼的用户设备的寻呼时机,DRXcycle为被寻呼的用户设备的非连续接收周期长度,K为该小区中承载寻呼消息的信道的个数,%为取模运算,针对于频分复用系统,PBP为1,FO为0。
下面结合该网络系统中UE,RAN,和核心网设备之间的信令交互对本发明实施例中的寻呼方法进行具体描述,下面实施例中以核心网设备为SGSN为例,在实际应用中,也可以为其他的核心网网元,此处不作限定:
请参阅图17,为本发明实施例中寻呼方法一个信令流程图,本发明实施例中寻呼方法一个实施例包括:
1701、UE与SGSN协商第一参数,所述第一参数用于确定第一非连续接收技术中非连续接收周期的长度;
其中,所述第一非连续接收技术中非连续接收周期的长度大于第二非连续接收技术中非连续接收周期的长度,所述第二非连续接收技术中非连续接收周期的长度的最大取值为5.12秒;
在实际应用中,该协商过程可以通过UE与SGSN之间的NAS消息来完成,具体的:
UE可以向SGSN发送附着请求或路由区更新(Route Area Update,RAU)请求,在该请求中携带建议的第一参数;SGSN接收到携带该建议的第一参数的附着请求或路由区更新请求后,可以返回携带有配置的第一参数的附着请求或路由区更新请求给该UE,以确定该第一参数。
可以理解的是,该第一参数为第一非连续接收技术eDRX参数,用于确定该第一非连续接收技术中非连续接收周期的长度。
1702、当SGSN确定RAN支持该第一非连续接收技术时,该SGSN通过Iub接口将该第一参数发送给RAN;
需要说明的是,SGSN确定RAN支持该第一非连续接收技术的方式有很多种,可选的,SGSN可以通过Iu口信令,或,手动配置等方式确定该RAN支持所述第一非连续接收技术,还可以有很多其他的方式,此处不作限定。
可以理解的是,本步骤中,SGSN通过Iub接口将该第一参数发送给RAN,在实际应用中,可选的,若SGSN确定RAN不支持该第一非连续接收技术,该SGSN还可以通过Iub接口将用于确定第二非连续接收技术中非连续接收周期长度的第二参数发送给RAN。
1703、RAN按照接收到的该第一参数,采用该第一非连续接收技术计算第三寻呼时机;
本步骤中,RAN支持该第一非连续接收技术,RAN接收到SGSN发送的第一参数后,按照接收到的该第一参数,采用该第一非连续接收技术计算第三寻呼时机。
可选的,在实际应用中,若RAN不支持该第一非连续接收技术,则RAN会基于接收到SGSN发送的第二非连续接收技术的第二参数,采用第二非连续接收技术计算第四寻呼时机。
1704、RAN通过广播消息指示UE该RAN是否支持该第一非连续接收技术;
具体的,当RAN支持第一非连续接收技术时,该RAN可以在发送的广播消息中携带第一非连续接收技术标志;
可选的,该第一非连续接收技术标志可以为第一非连续接收技术指示,也可以为预置长度的非连续接收周期等,该预置长度大于该第二非连续接收技术DRX中非连续接收周期的长度的最大取值5.12秒,还可以采用其他的第一非连续接收技术标志,此处不作限定。
可以理解的是,步骤1704可以在步骤1701之后,步骤1705之前的任一个时机执行,此处不作限定。
1705、当所述UE根据所述广播消息确定所述RAN支持所述第一非连续接收技术时,所述UE按照所述第一参数,采用所述第一非连续接收技术计算第一寻呼时机;
UE可以根据所述广播消息确定所述RAN支持所述第一非连续接收技术,具体的,UE可以判断所述广播消息中是否携带第一非连续接收技术标志;
当确定携带所述第一非连续接收技术标志时,该UE确定所述RAN支持所述第一非连续接收技术;
当确定不携带所述第一非连续接收技术标志时,该UE确定所述RAN不支持所述第一非连续接收技术。
本步骤中,当该UE根据该广播消息确定RAN支持第一非连续接收技术时,该UE按照所述第一参数,采用所述第一非连续接收技术计算第一寻呼时机。
在实际应用中,当该UE根据该广播消息确定RAN不支持第一非连续接
收技术时,该UE可以采用该第二非连续接收技术计算第二寻呼时机。
1706、UE和RAN按照计算出的寻呼时机完成寻呼。
本步骤中,RAN可以按照计算出的寻呼时机发送寻呼指示给UE,而UE可以按照计算出的寻呼时机侦听RAN发送的寻呼指示,按照计算出的寻呼时机完成寻呼。
具体的,网络侧计算被寻呼的用户设备的寻呼时机,在该寻呼时机向被寻呼的用户设备发送寻呼指示,该寻呼指示中携带被寻呼的用户设备的标识和寻呼数据。
当该用户设备的寻呼时机到达时,该用户设备监听PICH(Page Indication Channel,寻呼指示信道)并对该PICH信道的寻呼指示值进行解析,如果解析到该PICH信道中的寻呼指示值为1,则该用户设备接收该寻呼消息,判断自身的标识和该寻呼消息中携带的标识是否相同,如果相同,则保留该寻呼数据,如果不同,则丢弃该寻呼数据。
本发明实施例中,UE能根据RAN发送的广播消息中是否携带第一非连续接收技术标志来自动选择使用第一非连续接收技术计算寻呼时机,还是使用第二非连续接收技术计算寻呼时机,提升了UE在使用不同的非连续接收技术的网络系统中的适应性。
上面从各设备的信令交互的角度对本发明实施例中的寻呼方法进行了描述,下面分别从各个设备的角度,对本发明实施例中寻呼方法进行描述:
一、从UE的角度对本发明实施例中寻呼方法进行描述:
请参阅图18,本发明实施例中寻呼方法另一个实施例包括:
1801、UE与核心网设备协商第一参数,所述第一参数用于确定第一非连续接收技术中非连续接收周期的长度,所述第一非连续接收技术中非连续接收周期的长度大于第二非连续接收技术中非连续接收周期的长度,所述第二非连续接收技术中非连续接收周期的长度的最大取值为5.12秒;
与步骤1701类似,此处不作赘述。
1802、所述UE接收无线接入网RAN发出的广播消息;
UE可以接收RAN发送的广播消息,该广播消息用于指示该RAN是否支持第一非连续接收技术。
UE可以根据该广播消息确定RAN是否支持第一非连续接收技术;
若确定RAN支持第一非连续接收技术,则执行步骤1803;
若确定RAN不支持第一非连续接收技术,则执行步骤1804.
可选的,UE可以判断该广播消息中是否携带第一非连续接收技术标志;
当确定携带所述第一非连续接收技术标志时,所述UE确定所述RAN支持所述第一非连续接收技术;
当确定不携带所述第一非连续接收技术标志时,所述UE确定所述RAN不支持所述第一非连续接收技术。
1803、当所述UE根据所述广播消息确定所述RAN支持所述第一非连续接收技术时,所述UE按照所述第一参数,采用所述第一非连续接收技术计算第一寻呼时机;
需要说明的是,该第一参数用于确定第一非连续接收技术的非连续接收周期的长度,UE确定了非连续接收周期的长度后,可以按照上述公式(1),计算出第一寻呼时机。
1804、当所述UE根据所述广播消息确定所述RAN不支持所述第一非连续接收技术时,所述UE采用所述第二非连续接收技术计算第二寻呼时机;
在实际应用中,在确定的应用场景下,由于RAN仅能为支持第一非连续接收技术,或不支持第一非连续接收技术中的一种情况,因此,根据实际情况,步骤1803与1804中仅有一个步骤会执行。
1805、所述UE按照计算出的第一寻呼时机或第二寻呼时机侦听所述RAN发出的寻呼指示。
需要说明的是,由于第一非连续接收技术支持在多个寻呼指示信道上侦听寻呼指示,因此,可选的:
当所述UE根据所述广播消息确定所述RAN不支持所述第一非连续接收技术时,所述UE在第一寻呼指示信道上按照计算出的第二寻呼时机侦听所述RAN发出的寻呼指示;
当所述UE根据所述广播消息确定所述RAN支持所述第一非连续接收技术时,所述UE在第二寻呼指示信道或所述第一寻呼指示信道上按照计算出的第一寻呼时机侦听所述RAN发出的寻呼指示,所述第二寻呼指示信道与所述
第一寻呼指示信道不同。
当然,在实际应用中,即使RAN支持第一非连续接收技术,UE也可以选择只在第一寻呼指示信道上按照计算出的第一寻呼时机侦听所述RAN发出的寻呼指示,此处不作限定。
本发明实施例中,UE能根据RAN发送的广播消息中是否携带第一非连续接收技术标志来自动选择使用第一非连续接收技术计算寻呼时机,还是使用第二非连续接收技术计算寻呼时机,提升了UE在使用不同的非连续接收技术的网络系统中的适应性。
二、从RAN的角度对本发明实施例中寻呼方法进行描述:
请参阅图19,本发明实施例中寻呼方法另一个实施例包括:
1901、RAN发送广播消息,所述广播消息中携带有第一非连续接收技术标志;
其中,所述第一非连续接收技术标志用于指示所述RAN支持第一非连续接收技术,所述第一非连续接收技术中非连续接收周期的长度大于第二非连续接收技术中非连续接收周期的长度,所述第二非连续接收技术中非连续接收周期的长度的最大取值为5.12秒;
可选的,该第一非连续接收技术标志可以为第一非连续接收技术指示,也可以为预置长度的非连续接收周期等,该预置长度大于5.12秒,还可以采用其他的第一非连续接收技术标志,此处不作限定。
步骤1901可以在步骤1904之前任一个时机执行,此处不作限定。
1902、所述RAN接收核心网设备发送的第一参数,所述第一参数用于确定所述第一非连续接收技术中非连续接收周期的长度;
1903、所述RAN按照所述第一参数,采用所述第一非连续接收技术计算寻呼时机;
与步骤1703类似,此处不作赘述。
1904、所述RAN在计算出的寻呼时机向UE发送寻呼指示。
本步骤中,支持第一非连续接收技术的RAN能通过广播消息将自己的能力告知UE,实现UE根据RAN发送的广播消息中是否携带第一非连续接收技术标志来自动选择使用第一非连续接收技术计算寻呼时机,还是使用第二非连
续接收技术计算寻呼时机的目的。
三、从核心网设备的角度对本发明实施例中寻呼方法进行描述:
请参阅图20,本发明实施例中寻呼方法另一个实施例包括:
2001、核心网设备与UE协商第一参数,所述第一参数用于确定第一非连续接收技术中非连续接收周期的长度,所述第一非连续接收技术中非连续接收周期的长度大于第二非连续接收技术中非连续接收周期的长度,所述第二非连续接收技术中非连续接收周期的长度的最大取值为5.12秒;
与步骤1701类似,此处不作赘述。
2002、当所述核心网设备确定RAN支持所述第一非连续接收技术时,所述核心网设备通过Iub接口将所述第一参数发送给所述RAN。
与步骤1702类似,此处不作赘述。
本发明实施例中,核心网设备能根据RAN是否支持第一非连续接收技术,来自动选择发送何种参数给RAN,使得UE和RAN计算的寻呼时机能相互协调,实现了UE根据RAN发送的广播消息中是否携带第一非连续接收技术标志来自动选择使用第一非连续接收技术计算寻呼时机,还是使用第二非连续接收技术计算寻呼时机的目的。
下面分别对本发明实施例中的UE、核心网设备和RAN中的接入网设备进行描述:
请参阅图21,本发明实施例中UE一个实施例包括:
第一协商模块2101,用于与核心网设备协商第一参数,所述第一参数用于确定第一非连续接收技术中非连续接收周期的长度,所述第一非连续接收技术中非连续接收周期的长度大于第二非连续接收技术中非连续接收周期的长度,所述第二非连续接收技术中非连续接收周期的长度的最大取值为5.12秒;
第一接收模块2102,用于接收RAN发出的广播消息;
第一计算模块2103,用于当根据所述第一接收模块2102接收的广播消息确定所述RAN支持所述第一非连续接收技术时,按照所述第一参数,采用所述第一非连续接收技术计算第一寻呼时机;
第二计算模块2104,用于当根据所述第一接收模块2102接收的广播消息确定所述RAN不支持所述第一非连续接收技术时,采用所述第二非连续接收
技术计算第二寻呼时机;
侦听模块2105,用于按照计算出的第一寻呼时机或第二寻呼时机侦听所述RAN发出的寻呼指示;
可选的,该UE还可以包括:
判断模块2106,用于判断所述广播消息中是否携带第一非连续接收技术标志;
第一确定模块2107,用于当所述判断模块2106确定携带所述第一非连续接收技术标志时,确定所述RAN支持所述第一非连续接收技术;
第二确定模块2108,用于当所述判断模块2106确定不携带所述第一非连续接收技术标志时,确定所述RAN不支持所述第一非连续接收技术;
可选的,侦听模块2105具体可以包括:
第一侦听单元21051,用于当根据所述广播消息确定所述RAN不支持所述第一非连续接收技术时,在第一寻呼指示信道上按照计算出的第二寻呼时机侦听所述RAN发出的寻呼指示;
第二侦听单元21052,用于当根据所述广播消息确定所述RAN支持所述第一非连续接收技术时,在第二寻呼指示信道或所述第一寻呼指示信道上按照计算出的第一寻呼时机侦听所述RAN发出的寻呼指示,所述第二寻呼指示信道与所述第一寻呼指示信道不同。
本发明实施例中,第一确定模块2107和第二确定模块2108能根据RAN发送的广播消息中是否携带第一非连续接收技术标志确定RAN是否支持第一非连续接收技术,第一计算模块2103和第二计算模块2104根据RAN是否支持第一非连续接收技术来自动选择使用第一非连续接收技术计算寻呼时机,还是使用第二非连续接收技术计算寻呼时机,提升了UE在使用不同的非连续接收技术的网络系统中的适应性。
本发明另一个实施例提供了一种UE,其结构与上述图5中终端设备的结构类似,包括:分别连接在总线的存储器、处理器和收发器,其中:
存储器用来储存储存处理器处理数据的必要文件等信息,比如储存处理器执行图18所示实施例的寻呼方法的程序代码等信息。
处理器,用于调用存储器中储存的程序代码,以实现如下功能:
与核心网设备协商第一参数,所述第一参数用于确定第一非连续接收技术中非连续接收周期的长度,所述第一非连续接收技术中非连续接收周期的长度大于第二非连续接收技术中非连续接收周期的长度,所述第二非连续接收技术中非连续接收周期的长度的最大取值为5.12秒;
控制收发器接收无线接入网RAN发出的广播消息;
当根据所述广播消息确定所述RAN支持所述第一非连续接收技术时,按照所述第一参数,采用所述第一非连续接收技术计算第一寻呼时机;
当根据所述广播消息确定所述RAN不支持所述第一非连续接收技术时,采用所述第二非连续接收技术计算第二寻呼时机;
控制收发器按照计算出的第一寻呼时机或第二寻呼时机侦听所述RAN发出的寻呼指示。
可选的,该处理器还可以实现如下功能:
判断所述广播消息中是否携带第一非连续接收技术标志;
当确定携带所述第一非连续接收技术标志时,确定所述RAN支持所述第一非连续接收技术;
当确定不携带所述第一非连续接收技术标志时,确定所述RAN不支持所述第一非连续接收技术。
可选的,该处理器控制收发器按照计算出的第一寻呼时机或第二寻呼时机侦听所述RAN发出的寻呼指示时,具体可以实现如下功能:
当根据所述广播消息确定所述RAN不支持所述第一非连续接收技术时,控制收发器在第一寻呼指示信道上按照计算出的第二寻呼时机侦听所述RAN发出的寻呼指示;
当根据所述广播消息确定所述RAN支持所述第一非连续接收技术时,控制收发器所述UE在第二寻呼指示信道或所述第一寻呼指示信道上按照计算出的第一寻呼时机侦听所述RAN发出的寻呼指示,所述第二寻呼指示信道与所述第一寻呼指示信道不同。
请参阅图22,本发明实施例中应用于RAN的接入网设备一个实施例包括:
第一发送模块2201,用于发送广播消息,所述广播消息中携带有第一非连续接收技术标志,所述第一非连续接收技术标志用于指示所述RAN支持第
一非连续接收技术,所述第一非连续接收技术中非连续接收周期的长度大于第二非连续接收技术中非连续接收周期的长度,所述第二非连续接收技术中非连续接收周期的长度的最大取值为5.12秒;
第二接收模块2202,用于接收核心网设备发送的第一参数,所述第一参数用于确定所述第一非连续接收技术中非连续接收周期的长度;
第二计算模块2203,用于按照所述第二接收模块2202接收的第一参数,采用所述第一非连续接收技术计算第三寻呼时机;
第二发送模块2204,用于在所述第二计算模块2203计算出的第三寻呼时机向UE发送寻呼指示。
可选的,所述第一非连续接收技术标志为第一非连续接收技术指示,或,预置长度的非连续接收周期,所述预置长度大于5.12秒,此处不作限定。
本步骤中,支持第一非连续接收技术的RAN能通过第一发送模块2201发送广播消息将自己的能力告知UE,实现UE根据RAN发送的广播消息中是否携带第一非连续接收技术标志来自动选择使用第一非连续接收技术计算寻呼时机,还是使用第二非连续接收技术计算寻呼时机的目的。
本发明另一个实施例提供了一种接入网设备,其结构与上述图5中终端设备的结构类似,包括:分别连接在总线的存储器、处理器和收发器,其中:
存储器用来储存储存处理器处理数据的必要文件等信息,比如储存处理器执行图19所示实施例的寻呼方法的程序代码等信息。
处理器,用于调用存储器中储存的程序代码,以实现如下功能:
控制收发器发送广播消息,所述广播消息中携带有第一非连续接收技术标志,所述第一非连续接收技术标志用于指示所述RAN支持第一非连续接收技术,所述第一非连续接收技术中非连续接收周期的长度大于第二非连续接收技术中非连续接收周期的长度,所述第二非连续接收技术中非连续接收周期的长度的最大取值为5.12秒;
控制收发器接收核心网设备发送的第一参数,所述第一参数用于确定所述第一非连续接收技术中非连续接收周期的长度;
按照所述第一参数,采用所述第一非连续接收技术计算第三寻呼时机;
控制收发器在计算出的第三寻呼时机向UE发送寻呼指示。
请参阅图23,本发明实施例中核心网设备一个实施例包括:
第二协商模块2301,用于与UE协商第一参数,所述第一参数用于确定第一非连续接收技术中非连续接收周期的长度,所述第一非连续接收技术中非连续接收周期的长度大于第二非连续接收技术中非连续接收周期的长度,所述第二非连续接收技术中非连续接收周期的长度的最大取值为5.12秒;
第三发送模块2302,用于当确定RAN支持所述第一非连续接收技术时,通过Iub接口将所述第一参数发送给所述RAN。
可选的,所述第三发送模块2302具体用于,当通过Iu口信令,或,手动配置确定所述RAN支持所述第一非连续接收技术,通过Iub接口将所述第一参数发送给所述RAN。
本发明实施例中,第三发送模块2302在确定RAN支持第一非连续接收技术后,自动选择发送第一参数给RAN,使得UE和RAN计算的寻呼时机能相互协调,实现了UE根据RAN发送的广播消息中是否携带第一非连续接收技术标志来自动选择使用第一非连续接收技术计算寻呼时机,还是使用第二非连续接收技术计算寻呼时机的目的。
本发明另一个实施例提供了一种核心网设备,其结构与上述图5中终端设备的结构类似,包括:分别连接在总线的存储器、处理器和收发器,其中:
存储器用来储存储存处理器处理数据的必要文件等信息,比如储存处理器执行图20所示实施例的寻呼方法的程序代码等信息。
处理器,用于调用存储器中储存的程序代码,以实现如下功能:
控制收发器与UE协商第一参数,所述第一参数用于确定第一非连续接收技术中非连续接收周期的长度,所述第一非连续接收技术中非连续接收周期的长度大于第二非连续接收技术中非连续接收周期的长度,所述第二非连续接收技术中非连续接收周期的长度的最大取值为5.12秒;
当确定RAN支持所述第一非连续接收技术时,控制收发器通过Iub接口将所述第一参数发送给所述RAN。
可选的,所述处理器实现确定RAN支持所述第一非连续接收技术的功能时,具体可以实现如下功能:
通过Iu口信令,或,手动配置确定所述RAN支持所述第一非连续接收技
术。
本领域普通技术人员可以理解上述实施例的各种方法中的全部或部分步骤是可以通过程序来指令相关的硬件来完成,该程序可以存储于一计算机可读存储介质中,存储介质可以包括:ROM、RAM、磁盘或光盘等。
以上对本发明实施例所提供的传输发起方法、系统及终端设备的状态处理方法和相关设备进行了详细介绍,本文中应用了具体个例对本发明的原理及实施方式进行了阐述,以上实施例的说明只是用于帮助理解本发明的方法及其核心思想;同时,对于本领域的一般技术人员,依据本发明的思想,在具体实施方式及应用范围上均会有改变之处,综上所述,本说明书内容不应理解为对本发明的限制。
Claims (65)
- 一种终端设备,其特征在于,包括:参数获取单元,用于获取所述终端设备从连接态进入省电模式的第一时间信息,及所述终端设备从所述省电模式返回连接态的第二时间信息;状态转换单元,用于根据所述第一时间信息,从连接态转换到省电模式,根据所述第二时间信息,从所述省电模式转换到所述连接态;省电模式单元,用于当所述状态转换单元将所述终端设备在所述省电模式下,保留所述终端设备在所述连接态时接入层的配置;传输发起单元,用于当所述状态转换单元将所述终端设备从所述省电模式返回所述连接态,根据所述省电模式单元保留的所述接入层的配置发起传输。
- 如权利要求1所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述参数获取单元,具体用于向网络设备发送请求消息,所述请求消息用于请求所述网络设备配置所述第一时间信息和/或第二时间信息;接收所述网络设备返回的响应消息,所述响应消息中包括所述第一时间信息和/或第二时间信息;所述网络设备为所述终端设备所在网络的接入网设备,或核心网设备。
- 如权利要求1或2所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述参数获取单元获取的第一时间信息和第二时间信息分别为第一预置时间和第二预置时间;所述状态转换单元,具体用于当所述终端设备进入所述连接态的时间超过第一预置时间,且没有上下行数据时,进入省电模式;当所述终端设备进入所述省电模式的时间或所述终端设备进入所述连接态的时间点到当前时刻的时间超过第二预置时间时,从所述省电模式返回所述连接态。
- 如权利要求1至3任一项所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述省电模式单元保留的所述终端设备在所述连接态时接入层的配置,具体包括:无线资源控制RRC连接的信息。
- 如权利要求1至4任一项所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述状态转换单元,还用于当所述终端设备在所述省电模式下有数据传输或信令传输时,从所述省电模式返回所述信道寻呼状态。
- 如权利要求1至5任一项所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述省电模 式包括第一省电模式或第二省电模式,则:所述省电模式单元,还用于在所述第一省电模式下,周期性地监听寻呼信息,则状态转换单元,还用于当所述终端设备在所述第一省电模式下,且当所述省电模式单元监听的所述寻呼信息指示有数据传输时,从所述第一省电模式转换到所述连接态;或,所述省电模式单元,具体用于在所述第二省电模式下,不监听寻呼信息。
- 一种接入网设备,其特征在于,包括:参数协商单元,用于确定所述终端设备从连接态进入省电模式的第一时间信息,及所述终端设备从所述省电模式返回连接态的第二时间信息,将所述第一时间信息和/或第二时间信息发送给所述终端设备;状态同步单元,用于根据所述参数协商单元确定的第一时间信息和第二时间信息,确定所述终端设备的状态;状态操作单元,用于根据所述状态同步单元确定的终端设备的状态,当所述终端设备从连接态进入所述省电模式时,保留所述终端设备在所述连接态时接入层的配置;当所述终端设备从所述省电模式返回连接态时,恢复所述接入层的配置的使用。
- 如权利要求7所述的接入网设备,其特征在于,所述参数协商单元确定的第一时间信息和第二时间信息分别为第一预置时间和第二预置时间;所述状态同步单元,具体用于当所述终端设备进入连接态的时间超过所述第一预置时间,且没有上下行数据时,确定所述终端设备进入省电模式;当所述终端设备进入所述省电模式的时间或所述终端设备进入所述连接态的时间点到当前时刻的时间超过第二预置时间时,确定所述终端设备从所述省电模式返回所述连接态。
- 如权利要求7或8所述的接入网设备,其特征在于,所述状态操作单元保留的所述终端设备在所述连接态时接入层的配置,具体包括:无线资源控制RRC连接的信息。
- 如权利要求7至9任一项所述的接入网设备,其特征在于,所述省电 模式包括第一省电模式或第二省电模式,则:所述状态操作单元,还用于当所述终端设备在所述第一省电模式时,周期性地发送寻呼信息给所述终端设备;或,所述状态操作单元,还用于当所述终端设备在所述第二省电模式时,不发送信息给所述终端设备。
- 一种接入网设备,其特征在于,包括:第一状态同步单元,用于确定终端设备的状态;第二状态同步单元,用于根据所述第一状态同步单元确定的所述终端设备的状态,与核心网设备之间进行所述终端设备的状态同步;状态处理单元,用于根据所述第一状态同步单元确定的所述终端设备,当所述终端设备从连接态进入省电模式时,保留所述终端设备在所述连接态时接入层的配置;当所述终端设备从所述省电模式返回连接态时,恢复所述接入层的配置的使用。
- 如权利要求11所述的接入网设备,其特征在于,还包括:参数确定单元,用于确定所述终端设备从连接态进入省电模式的第一时间信息,及所述终端设备从所述省电模式返回的连接态第二时间信息。
- 如权利要求12所述的接入网设备,其特征在于,所述参数确定单元确定的第一时间信息和第二时间信息分别为第一预置时间和第二预置时间;所述第一状态同步单元,具体用于当所述终端设备进入连接态的时间超过所述第一预置时间,且没有上下行数据时,确定所述终端设备进入省电模式;当所述终端设备进入所述省电模式的时间或所述终端设备进入所述连接态的时间点到当前时刻的时间超过第二预置时间时,确定所述终端设备从所述省电模式返回所述连接态。
- 如权利要求11至13任一项所述的接入网设备,其特征在于,所述第一状态同步单元,用于确定所述终端设备进入连接态;所述第二状态同步单元,用于当所述第一状态同步单元确定所述终端设备进入连接态时,将第三状态信息发送给所述核心网设备,所述第三状态信息中包括:所述终端设备进入所述连接态的信息;所述第三状态信息,用于所述核心网设备根据所述第三状态信息,及终端设备从连接态进入所述省电模式的第 一时间信息,确定所述终端设备进入省电模式。
- 如权利要求11至13任一项所述的接入网设备,其特征在于,所述第一状态同步单元,用于确定所述终端设备从连接态进入省电模式;所述第二状态同步单元,用于当所述第一状态同步单元确定所述终端设备从连接态进入省电模式后,将第一状态信息发送给核心网设备,所述第一状态信息中包括所述终端设备进入所述省电模式的信息。
- 如权利要求11至15任一项的接入网设备,其特征在于,所述第二状态同步单元,具体用于当所述第一状态确定单元确定所述终端设备从所述连接态进入所述省电模式后,发送第二状态信息给所述核心网设备,所述第二状态信息中包括所述终端设备离开所述省电模式的信息。
- 如权利要求11或16任一项所述的接入网设备,其特征在于,所述第二状态同步单元,还用于当所述第一状态同步单元确定所述终端设备离开所述连接态时,将第四状态信息发送给所述核心网设备,所述第四状态信息中包括:所述终端设备离开所述连接态的信息,所述第四状态信息,用于所述核心网设备根据所述第四状态信息,确定所述终端设备从所述连接态进入所述省电模式或进入其它状态。
- 如权利要求11至17任一项所述的接入网设备,其特征在于,所述配置处理单元保留的所述终端设备在所述连接态时接入层的配置,具体包括:无线资源控制RRC连接的信息。
- 如权利要求11至18任一项所述的接入网设备,其特征在于,所述省电模式包括第一省电模式或第二省电模式,则:所述状态处理单元,还用于当所述终端设备在所述第一省电模式时,周期性地发送寻呼信息给所述终端设备;或,所述状态处理单元,还用于当所述终端设备在所述第二省电模式时,不发送信息给所述终端设备。
- 一种核心网设备,其特征在于,包括:同步单元,用于与终端设备所在网络的接入网设备之间进行所述终端设备的状态同步;处理单元,用于根据所述同步单元同步的所述终端设备的状态,当所述终端设备从连接态进入所述省电模式时,保留所述终端设备在所述连接态时连接 的配置;当所述终端设备从所述省电模式返回连接态时,恢复所述连接的配置的使用。
- 如权利要求20所述的核心网设备,其特征在于,还包括:参数确定单元,用于确定所述终端设备从连接态进入省电模式的第一时间信息,及所述终端设备从所述省电模式返回的连接态第二时间信息。
- 如权利要求21所述的核心网设备,其特征在于,所述参数确定单元确定的第一时间信息和第二时间信息分别为第一预置时间和第二预置时间;所述同步单元,具体用于当所述终端设备进入连接态的时间超过所述第一预置时间,且没有上下行数据时,确定所述终端设备进入省电模式;当所述终端设备进入所述省电模式的时间或所述终端设备进入所述连接态的时间点到当前时刻的时间超过第二预置时间时,确定所述终端设备从所述省电模式返回所述连接态。
- 如权利要求20至22任一项所述的核心网设备,其特征在于,所述同步单元,用于接收所述接入网设备发送的第三状态信息,所述第三状态信息中包括所述终端设备进入所述连接态的信息;根据所述第三状态信息,及所述终端设备从所述连接态进入所述省电模式的第一时间信息,确定所述终端设备进入所述省电模式。
- 如权利要求20至22任一项所述的核心网设备,其特征在于,所述同步单元,具体用于如果终端设备从连接态进入省电模式后,接收终端设备所在网络的接入网设备发送的第一状态信息,所述第一状态信息中包括所述终端设备进入省电模式的信息。
- 如权利要求20至24任一项所述的核心网设备,其特征在于,所述状态同步单元,具体用于如果终端设备从所述连接态进入所述省电模式后,接收到所述接入网设备发送的所述第二状态信息,所述第二状态信息中包括所述终端设备离开所述省电模式的信息。
- 如权利要求20至25任一项所述的核心网设备,其特征在于,所述同步单元,具体用于接收所述接入网设备发送的第四状态信息,所述第四状态信息是当所述终端设备离开所述连接态时所述接入网设备发送的,所 述第四状态信息中包括:所述终端设备离开所述连接态的信息;根据所述第四状态信息,确定所述终端设备从所述连接态进入所述省电模式或其它状态。
- 如权利要求20至26任一项所述的核心网设备,其特征在于,所述处理单元保留的所述终端设备在所述连接态时连接的配置,具体包括:分组数据协议PDP激活信息,鉴权信息,安全认证信息,或所述终端设备所在网络的接入网设备与核心网设备之间的接口信息。
- 如权利要求20至27任一项所述的核心网设备,其特征在于,所述省电模式包括第一省电模式或第二省电模式,则:所述处理单元,还用于当所述终端设备在所述第一省电模式时,周期性地发送寻呼信息给所述终端设备;或,所述省电操作单元,还用于当所述终端设备在所述第二省电模式时,不发送信息给所述终端设备。
- 一种传输发起方法,其特征在于,包括:终端设备获取所述终端设备从连接态进入省电模式的第一时间信息,及所述终端设备从所述省电模式返回连接态的第二时间信息;所述终端设备根据所述第一时间信息,从连接态转换到省电模式,保留所述终端设备在所述连接态时接入层的配置;所述终端设备根据所述第二时间信息,从所述省电模式转换到所述连接态,根据保留的所述接入层的配置发起传输。
- 如权利要求29所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一时间信息和第二时间信息分别为第一预置时间和第二预置时间;所述终端设备根据所述第一时间信息,从连接态换到省电模式,具体包括:当所述终端设备进入所述连接态的时间超过第一预置时间,且没有上下行数据时,进入省电模式;所述终端设备根据所述第二时间信息,从所述省电模式转换到所述连接态,具体包括:当所述终端设备进入所述省电模式的时间或所述终端设备进入所述连接态的时间点到当前时刻的时间超过第二预置时间时,从所述省电模式返回所述连接态。
- 如权利要求29或30所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:当所述终端设备在所述省电模式下有数据传输或信令传输时,从所述省电 模式返回所述信道寻呼状态。
- 如权利要求29至31任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述省电模式包括第一省电模式或第二省电模式,则所述方法还包括:所述终端设备在所述第一省电模式下,周期性地监听寻呼信息,当监听的所述寻呼信息指示有数据传输时,从所述第一省电模式转换到所述连接态;或,所述终端设备在所述第二省电模式下,不监听寻呼信息。
- 一种终端设备的状态处理方法,其特征在于,包括:终端设备所在网络的接入网设备确定所述终端设备从连接态进入省电模式的第一时间信息,及所述终端设备从所述省电模式返回连接态的第二时间信息;所述接入网设备根据所述第一时间信息和第二时间信息,确定所述终端设备的状态;所述接入网设备根据终端设备的状态,当所述终端设备从连接态进入所述省电模式时,保留所述终端设备在所述连接态时接入层的配置;当所述终端设备从所述省电模式返回连接态时,恢复所述接入层的配置的使用。
- 如权利要求33所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一时间信息和第二时间信息分别为第一预置时间和第二预置时间;所述接入网设备根据所述第一时间信息和第二时间信息,与所述终端设备之间进行所述终端设备的状态同步,具体包括:当所述终端设备进入连接态的时间超过所述第一预置时间,且没有上下行数据时,确定所述终端设备进入省电模式;当所述终端设备进入所述省电模式的时间或所述终端设备进入所述连接态的时间点到当前时刻的时间超过第二预置时间时,确定所述终端设备从所述省电模式返回所述连接态。
- 如权利要求33或34所述的方法,其特征在于,所述省电模式包括第一省电模式或第二省电模式,则所述方法还包括:所述接入网设备在所述终端设备处于所述第一省电模式时,周期性地发送寻呼信息给所述终端设备;或,所述接入网设备在所述终端设备处于所述第二省电模式时,不发送信息给所述终端设备。
- 一种终端设备的状态处理方法,其特征在于,包括:终端设备所在网络的接入网设备确定所述终端设备的状态;所述接入网设备根据所述终端设备状态,与核心网设备之间进行所述终端设备的状态同步;所述接入网设备根据所述终端设备的状态,当所述终端设备从连接态进入省电模式时,保留所述终端设备在所述连接态时接入层的配置;当所述终端设备从所述省电模式返回连接态时,恢复所述接入层的配置的使用。
- 如权利要求36所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:所述接入网设备确定所述终端设备从连接态进入省电模式的第一时间信息,及所述终端设备从所述省电模式返回的连接态第二时间信息;所述接入网设备确定所述终端设备的状态,具体包括:根据所述第一时间信息和第二时间信息,确定所述终端设备的状态。
- 如权利要求37所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一时间信息和第二时间信息分别为第一预置时间和第二预置时间;所述接入网设备确定所述终端设备的状态,具体包括:当所述终端设备进入连接态的时间超过所述第一预置时间,且没有上下行数据时,确定所述终端设备进入省电模式;当所述终端设备进入所述省电模式的时间或所述终端设备进入所述连接态的时间点到当前时刻的时间超过第二预置时间时,确定所述终端设备从所述省电模式返回所述连接态。
- 如权利要求36至38任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述接入网设备确定所述终端设备的状态,具体包括:确定所述终端设备进入连接态;所述接入网设备根据所述终端设备的状态,与核心网设备之间进行所述终端设备的状态同步,具体包括:将第三状态信息发送给所述核心网设备,所述第三状态信息中包括:所述终端设备进入所述连接态的信息;所述第三状态信息,用于所述核心网设备根据所述第三状态信息,及终端设备从连接态进入所述省电模式的第一时间信息,确定所述终端设备进入省电模式。
- 如权利要求36至39任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述接入网设备与终端设备之间进行所述终端设备的状态同步,具体包 括:确定所述终端设备从连接态进入省电模式;所述接入网设备根据所述终端设备的状态,与核心网设备之间进行所述终端设备的状态同步,具体包括:将第一状态信息发送给核心网设备,所述第一状态信息中包括所述终端设备进入所述省电模式的信息。
- 如权利要求36至40任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述接入网设备根据所述终端设备的状态,与核心网设备之间进行所述终端设备的状态同步,包括:当所述终端设备从连接态进入省电模式后,发送第二状态信息给核心网设备,所述第二状态信息中包括所述终端设备离开所述省电模式的信息。
- 如权利要求36至41任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述接入网设备根据所述终端设备的状态,与核心网设备之间进行所述终端设备的状态同步,具体包括:当确定所述终端设备离开所述连接态时,将第四状态信息发送给所述核心网设备,所述第四状态信息中包括:所述终端设备离开所述连接态的信息,所述第四状态信息,用于所述核心网设备根据所述第四状态信息,确定所述终端设备从所述连接态进入所述省电模式或进入其它状态。
- 如权利要求36至42任一项所述的方法,其特征在于:所述省电模式包括第一省电模式或第二省电模式,则所述方法还包括:所述接入网设备在所述终端设备处于所述第一省电模式时,周期性地发送寻呼信息给所述终端设备;或,所述接入网设备在所述终端设备处于所述第二省电模式时,不发送信息给所述终端设备。
- 一种终端设备的状态处理方法,其特征在于,包括:核心网设备与终端设备所在网络的接入网设备之间进行所述终端设备的状态同步;所述核心网设备根据所述终端设备的状态,当所述终端设备从连接态进入所述省电模式时,保留所述终端设备在所述连接态时连接的配置;当所述终端设备从所述省电模式返回连接态时,恢复所述连接的配置的使用。
- 如权利要求44所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:所述核心网设备确定所述终端设备从连接态进入省电模式的第一时间信息,及所述终端设备从所述省电模式返回的连接态第二时间信息;所述核心网设备与终端设备所在网络的接入网设备之间进行所述终端设备的状态同步,具体包括:核心网设备根据所述第一时间信息和第二时间信息,与终端设备所在网络的接入网设备之间进行所述终端设备的状态同步。
- 如权利要求45所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一时间信息和第二时间信息分别为第一预置时间和第二预置时间;所述核心网设备与终端设备所在网络的接入网设备之间进行所述终端设备的状态同步,具体包括:当所述终端设备进入连接态的时间超过所述第一预置时间,且没有上下行数据,确定所述终端设备进入省电模式;当所述终端设备进入所述省电模式的时间或所述终端设备进入所述连接态的时间点到当前时刻的时间超过第二预置时间时,确定所述终端设备从所述省电模式返回所述连接态。
- 如权利要求44至46任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述核心网设备与终端设备所在网络的接入网设备之间进行所述终端设备的状态同步,具体包括:接收所述接入网设备发送的第三状态信息,所述第三状态信息中包括所述终端设备进入所述连接态的信息;根据所述第三状态信息,及所述终端设备从所述连接态进入所述省电模式的第一时间信息,确定所述终端设备进入所述省电模式。
- 如权利要求44至46任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述核心网设备与终端设备所在网络的接入网设备之间进行所述终端设备的状态同步,具体包括:如果终端设备从连接态进入省电模式后,接收终端设备所在网络的接入网设备发送的第一状态信息,所述第一状态信息中包括所述终端设备进入省电模式的信息。
- 如权利要求44至48任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述核心网设备与终端设备所在网络的接入网设备之间进行所述终端设备的状态同步,具体包括:如果终端设备从所述连接态进入省电模式后,接收所述接入网设备发送的所述第二状态信息,所述第二状态信息中包括所述终端设备离开所述省电模式的信息。
- 如权利要求44至49任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述核心网设备与终端设备所在网络的接入网设备之间进行所述终端设备的状态同步,具体包括:接收所述接入网设备发送的第四状态信息,所述第四状态信息是当所述终端设备离开所述连接态时所述接入网设备发送的,所述第四状态信息中包括:所述终端设备进入所述连接态的信息;根据所述第四状态信息,确定所述终端设备从所述连接态进入所述省电模式或其它状态。
- 如权利要求44至50任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述省电模式包括第一省电模式或第二省电模式,则所述方法还包括:当所述终端设备在所述第一省电模式时,所述核心网设备周期性地发送寻呼信息给所述终端设备;或,当所述终端设备在所述第二省电模式时,所述核心网设备不发送信息给所述终端设备。
- 一种寻呼方法,其特征在于,包括:用户设备UE与核心网设备协商第一参数,所述第一参数用于确定第一非连续接收技术中非连续接收周期的长度,所述第一非连续接收技术中非连续接收周期的长度大于第二非连续接收技术中非连续接收周期的长度,所述第二非连续接收技术中非连续接收周期的长度的最大取值为5.12秒;所述UE接收无线接入网RAN发出的广播消息;当所述UE根据所述广播消息确定所述RAN支持所述第一非连续接收技术时,所述UE按照所述第一参数,采用所述第一非连续接收技术计算第一寻呼时机;或当所述UE根据所述广播消息确定所述RAN不支持所述第一非连续接收技术时,所述UE采用所述第二非连续接收技术计算第二寻呼时机;所述UE按照计算出的第一寻呼时机或第二寻呼时机侦听所述RAN发出的寻呼指示。
- 根据权利要求52所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:所述UE判断所述广播消息中是否携带第一非连续接收技术标志;当确定携带所述第一非连续接收技术标志时,所述UE确定所述RAN支持所述第一非连续接收技术;或当确定不携带所述第一非连续接收技术标志时,所述UE确定所述RAN不支持所述第一非连续接收技术。
- 根据权利要求52或53所述的方法,其特征在于,所述UE按照计算 出的第一寻呼时机或第二寻呼时机侦听所述RAN发出的寻呼指示具体包括:当所述UE根据所述广播消息确定所述RAN不支持所述第一非连续接收技术时,所述UE在第一寻呼指示信道上按照计算出的第二寻呼时机侦听所述RAN发出的寻呼指示;或当所述UE根据所述广播消息确定所述RAN支持所述第一非连续接收技术时,所述UE在第二寻呼指示信道或所述第一寻呼指示信道上按照计算出的第一寻呼时机侦听所述RAN发出的寻呼指示,所述第二寻呼指示信道与所述第一寻呼指示信道不同。
- 一种寻呼方法,其特征在于,包括:RAN发送广播消息,所述广播消息中携带有第一非连续接收技术标志,所述第一非连续接收技术标志用于指示所述RAN支持第一非连续接收技术,所述第一非连续接收技术中非连续接收周期的长度大于第二非连续接收技术中非连续接收周期的长度,所述第二非连续接收技术中非连续接收周期的长度的最大取值为5.12秒;所述RAN接收核心网设备发送的第一参数,所述第一参数用于确定所述第一非连续接收技术中非连续接收周期的长度;所述RAN按照所述第一参数,采用所述第一非连续接收技术计算第三寻呼时机;所述RAN在计算出的第三寻呼时机向UE发送寻呼指示。
- 根据权利要求55所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一非连续接收技术标志为第一非连续接收技术指示,或,预置长度的非连续接收周期,所述预置长度大于5.12秒。
- 一种寻呼方法,其特征在于,包括:核心网设备与UE协商第一参数,所述第一参数用于确定第一非连续接收技术中非连续接收周期的长度,所述第一非连续接收技术中非连续接收周期的长度大于第二非连续接收技术中非连续接收周期的长度,所述第二非连续接收技术中非连续接收周期的长度的最大取值为5.12秒;当所述核心网设备确定RAN支持所述第一非连续接收技术时,所述核心网设备通过Iub接口将所述第一参数发送给所述RAN。
- 根据权利要求57所述的方法,其特征在于,所述核心网设备确定RAN支持所述第一非连续接收技术具体包括:所述核心网设备通过Iu口信令,或,手动配置确定所述RAN支持所述第一非连续接收技术。
- 一种UE,其特征在于,包括:第一协商模块,用于与核心网设备协商第一参数,所述第一参数用于确定第一非连续接收技术中非连续接收周期的长度,所述第一非连续接收技术中非连续接收周期的长度大于第二非连续接收技术中非连续接收周期的长度,所述第二非连续接收技术中非连续接收周期的长度的最大取值为5.12秒;第一接收模块,用于接收RAN发出的广播消息;第一计算模块,用于当根据所述第一接收模块接收的广播消息确定所述RAN支持所述第一非连续接收技术时,按照所述第一参数,采用所述第一非连续接收技术计算第一寻呼时机;第二计算模块,用于当根据所述第一接收模块接收的广播消息确定所述RAN不支持所述第一非连续接收技术时,采用所述第二非连续接收技术计算第二寻呼时机;侦听模块,用于按照计算出的第一寻呼时机或第二寻呼时机侦听所述RAN发出的寻呼指示。
- 根据权利要求59所述的UE,其特征在于,所述UE还包括:判断模块,用于判断所述广播消息中是否携带第一非连续接收技术标志;第一确定模块,用于当所述判断模块确定携带所述第一非连续接收技术标志时,确定所述RAN支持所述第一非连续接收技术;第二确定模块,用于当所述判断模块确定不携带所述第一非连续接收技术标志时,确定所述RAN不支持所述第一非连续接收技术。
- 根据权利要求59或60所述的UE,其特征在于,所述侦听模块具体包括:第一侦听单元,用于当根据所述广播消息确定所述RAN不支持所述第一非连续接收技术时,在第一寻呼指示信道上按照计算出的第二寻呼时机侦听所述RAN发出的寻呼指示;第二侦听单元,用于当根据所述广播消息确定所述RAN支持所述第一非连续接收技术时,在第二寻呼指示信道或所述第一寻呼指示信道上按照计算出的第一寻呼时机侦听所述RAN发出的寻呼指示,所述第二寻呼指示信道与所述第一寻呼指示信道不同。
- 一种接入网设备,应用于RAN,其特征在于,包括:第一发送模块,用于发送广播消息,所述广播消息中携带有第一非连续接收技术标志,所述第一非连续接收技术标志用于指示所述RAN支持第一非连续接收技术,所述第一非连续接收技术中非连续接收周期的长度大于第二非连续接收技术中非连续接收周期的长度,所述第二非连续接收技术中非连续接收周期的长度的最大取值为5.12秒;第二接收模块,用于接收核心网设备发送的第一参数,所述第一参数用于确定所述第一非连续接收技术中非连续接收周期的长度;第二计算模块,用于按照所述第二接收模块接收的第一参数,采用所述第一非连续接收技术计算第三寻呼时机;第二发送模块,用于在所述第二计算模块计算出的第三寻呼时机向UE发送寻呼指示。
- 根据权利要求62所述的接入网设备,其特征在于,所述第一非连续接收技术标志为第一非连续接收技术指示,或,预置长度的非连续接收周期,所述预置长度大于5.12秒。
- 一种核心网设备,其特征在于,包括:第二协商模块,用于与UE协商第一参数,所述第一参数用于确定第一非连续接收技术中非连续接收周期的长度,所述第一非连续接收技术中非连续接收周期的长度大于第二非连续接收技术中非连续接收周期的长度,所述第二非连续接收技术中非连续接收周期的长度的最大取值为5.12秒;第三发送模块,用于当确定RAN支持所述第一非连续接收技术时,通过Iub接口将所述第一参数发送给所述RAN。
- 根据权利要求64所述的核心网设备,其特征在于,所述第三发送模块具体用于,当通过Iu口信令,或,手动配置确定所述RAN支持所述第一非连续接收技术时,通过Iub接口将所述第一参数发送给所述RAN。
Priority Applications (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
CN201580000764.3A CN105684526A (zh) | 2014-09-30 | 2015-05-18 | 传输发起方法、系统及终端设备的状态处理方法和相关设备 |
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
CNPCT/CN2014/088033 | 2014-09-30 | ||
CN2014088033 | 2014-09-30 |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
WO2016050075A1 true WO2016050075A1 (zh) | 2016-04-07 |
Family
ID=55629400
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/CN2015/079202 WO2016050075A1 (zh) | 2014-09-30 | 2015-05-18 | 传输发起方法、系统及终端设备的状态处理方法和相关设备 |
Country Status (2)
Country | Link |
---|---|
CN (1) | CN105684526A (zh) |
WO (1) | WO2016050075A1 (zh) |
Cited By (6)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO2018205697A1 (zh) * | 2017-05-12 | 2018-11-15 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | 一种监听寻呼消息的方法、装置、终端和存储介质 |
CN111278087A (zh) * | 2018-12-05 | 2020-06-12 | 华为技术有限公司 | Rrc连接配置方法及通信装置 |
CN111418233A (zh) * | 2018-01-09 | 2020-07-14 | Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 | 一种工作模式的控制方法及装置、计算机存储介质 |
US11019596B2 (en) | 2016-08-16 | 2021-05-25 | Convida Wireless, Llc | Keeping the UE awake |
WO2022061778A1 (zh) * | 2020-09-25 | 2022-03-31 | 北京小米移动软件有限公司 | 状态控制方法、装置、电子设备和计算机可读存储介质 |
US11622331B2 (en) | 2018-01-10 | 2023-04-04 | Guangdong Oppo Mobile Telecommunications Corp., Ltd. | Method for determining state of terminal device, and terminal device and access network device |
Families Citing this family (3)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN110072272A (zh) * | 2018-01-24 | 2019-07-30 | 高新兴物联科技有限公司 | 一种功耗控制的方法、无线终端及无线通信网络设备 |
CN113453313A (zh) * | 2021-05-31 | 2021-09-28 | 翱捷科技股份有限公司 | 一种物联网设备进出省电模式快速驻留方法及装置 |
CN115529653A (zh) * | 2021-06-25 | 2022-12-27 | 华为技术有限公司 | 一种通信方法以及相关装置 |
Citations (4)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN102487541A (zh) * | 2010-12-06 | 2012-06-06 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | 一种ue省电的方法和系统 |
CN103178938A (zh) * | 2013-03-25 | 2013-06-26 | 中国联合网络通信集团有限公司 | 信令优化处理方法、设备和系统 |
WO2013133871A1 (en) * | 2012-03-07 | 2013-09-12 | Ntt Docomo, Inc. | Method and apparatus at the physical and link layer for mobile communications |
CN103582166A (zh) * | 2012-08-09 | 2014-02-12 | 电信科学技术研究院 | 终端配置方法及终端设备 |
Family Cites Families (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN103391531B (zh) * | 2012-05-08 | 2017-12-29 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | 一种信息发送方法、装置、终端的状态迁移方法及终端 |
-
2015
- 2015-05-18 CN CN201580000764.3A patent/CN105684526A/zh active Pending
- 2015-05-18 WO PCT/CN2015/079202 patent/WO2016050075A1/zh active Application Filing
Patent Citations (4)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN102487541A (zh) * | 2010-12-06 | 2012-06-06 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | 一种ue省电的方法和系统 |
WO2013133871A1 (en) * | 2012-03-07 | 2013-09-12 | Ntt Docomo, Inc. | Method and apparatus at the physical and link layer for mobile communications |
CN103582166A (zh) * | 2012-08-09 | 2014-02-12 | 电信科学技术研究院 | 终端配置方法及终端设备 |
CN103178938A (zh) * | 2013-03-25 | 2013-06-26 | 中国联合网络通信集团有限公司 | 信令优化处理方法、设备和系统 |
Cited By (11)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US11019596B2 (en) | 2016-08-16 | 2021-05-25 | Convida Wireless, Llc | Keeping the UE awake |
US11611949B2 (en) | 2016-08-16 | 2023-03-21 | Ipla Holdings Inc. | Keeping the UE awake |
WO2018205697A1 (zh) * | 2017-05-12 | 2018-11-15 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | 一种监听寻呼消息的方法、装置、终端和存储介质 |
CN109246803A (zh) * | 2017-05-12 | 2019-01-18 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | 一种监听寻呼消息的方法、装置、终端和存储介质 |
CN109246803B (zh) * | 2017-05-12 | 2021-11-12 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | 一种监听寻呼消息的方法、装置、终端和存储介质 |
CN111418233A (zh) * | 2018-01-09 | 2020-07-14 | Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 | 一种工作模式的控制方法及装置、计算机存储介质 |
US11622331B2 (en) | 2018-01-10 | 2023-04-04 | Guangdong Oppo Mobile Telecommunications Corp., Ltd. | Method for determining state of terminal device, and terminal device and access network device |
CN111278087A (zh) * | 2018-12-05 | 2020-06-12 | 华为技术有限公司 | Rrc连接配置方法及通信装置 |
CN111278087B (zh) * | 2018-12-05 | 2022-02-15 | 华为技术有限公司 | Rrc连接配置方法及通信装置 |
WO2022061778A1 (zh) * | 2020-09-25 | 2022-03-31 | 北京小米移动软件有限公司 | 状态控制方法、装置、电子设备和计算机可读存储介质 |
CN114557050A (zh) * | 2020-09-25 | 2022-05-27 | 北京小米移动软件有限公司 | 状态控制方法、装置、电子设备和计算机可读存储介质 |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
CN105684526A (zh) | 2016-06-15 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
WO2016050075A1 (zh) | 传输发起方法、系统及终端设备的状态处理方法和相关设备 | |
US10736035B2 (en) | Communications device and method | |
CN107249221B (zh) | Ue上报信息辅助基站进行ue rrc状态转换的方法及用户终端、基站 | |
EP3826369A1 (en) | Sleep method and apparatus for terminal device | |
EP3152963B1 (en) | User equipment, cellular communication network node and method of controlling operation of a user equipment | |
JP6700475B2 (ja) | 端末状態の切り替え方法及び装置 | |
WO2020147669A1 (zh) | 终端节能方法、基站、终端、终端节能系统及计算机可读存储介质 | |
JP7150657B2 (ja) | ダウンリンク・スケジューリング・データの監視方法、ダウンリンク・スケジューリング・データの送信方法、および装置 | |
WO2014089985A1 (zh) | 一种用户设备及利用扩展寻呼周期进行寻呼的方法和系统 | |
US10412781B2 (en) | Application of a discontinuous reception (DRX) cycle | |
WO2014044101A1 (zh) | 电能优化方法及系统 | |
EP4152842A1 (en) | Communication method and apparatus | |
EP2846589A1 (en) | Discontinuous reception configuration method of user equipment, base station, and system | |
JP2020504576A (ja) | 無線アクセスネットワークにおける輻輳緩和のための技術 | |
WO2017118179A1 (zh) | 一种寻呼处理方法、装置和寻呼系统 | |
EP3592043B1 (en) | Method and apparatus for configuring power consumption parameter | |
WO2018137457A1 (zh) | 一种寻呼优化的方法和装置 | |
WO2018001281A1 (zh) | 传输方式的转换方法和装置 | |
JP2021530122A (ja) | Rrc接続をサスペンドする方法および装置、コンピュータ記憶媒体 | |
EP3845030A1 (en) | Early-data-transmission and radio access network notification area update | |
WO2021127948A1 (zh) | 寻呼冲突处理方法及相关装置 | |
WO2018094884A1 (zh) | 通信控制方法、无线控制单元、用户终端及核心网控制器 | |
WO2016161659A1 (zh) | 一种信道监听方法、用户设备及网络设备 | |
KR20200071736A (ko) | 네트워크 액세스 우선 순위화 | |
WO2018206821A1 (en) | Timer-controlled idle mode and non-pageable mode |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 15846139 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |
|
122 | Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase |
Ref document number: 15846139 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |